1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021, 2023 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 113 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 114 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 115 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 116 * restrictions. 117 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 118 */ 119 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 122 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, 141 }; 142 143 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 144 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 145 146 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 147 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 148 149 /** 150 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 151 * 152 * This structure describes a single channel for use 153 * with cfg80211. 154 * 155 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 156 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 157 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 158 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 159 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 160 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 161 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 162 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 163 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 164 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 165 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 166 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 167 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 168 * @orig_mag: internal use 169 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 170 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 171 * on this channel. 172 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 173 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 174 */ 175 struct ieee80211_channel { 176 enum nl80211_band band; 177 u32 center_freq; 178 u16 freq_offset; 179 u16 hw_value; 180 u32 flags; 181 int max_antenna_gain; 182 int max_power; 183 int max_reg_power; 184 bool beacon_found; 185 u32 orig_flags; 186 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 187 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 188 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 189 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 190 }; 191 192 /** 193 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 194 * 195 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 196 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 197 * different bands/PHY modes. 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 200 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 201 * with CCK rates. 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 203 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 204 * core code when registering the wiphy. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 206 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 207 * core code when registering the wiphy. 208 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 209 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 210 * core code when registering the wiphy. 211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 212 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 213 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 214 */ 215 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 216 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 217 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 218 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 219 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 220 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 221 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 222 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 223 }; 224 225 /** 226 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 227 * 228 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 229 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 230 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 231 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 232 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 235 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 236 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 237 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 238 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 239 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 240 }; 241 242 /** 243 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 244 * 245 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 246 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 247 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 248 */ 249 enum ieee80211_privacy { 250 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 251 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 252 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 253 }; 254 255 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 256 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 257 258 /** 259 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 260 * 261 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 262 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 263 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 264 * passed around. 265 * 266 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 267 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 268 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 269 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 270 * short preamble is used 271 */ 272 struct ieee80211_rate { 273 u32 flags; 274 u16 bitrate; 275 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 276 }; 277 278 /** 279 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 280 * 281 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 282 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 283 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 284 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 285 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 286 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 287 * members of the SRG 288 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 289 * used by members of the SRG 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 292 bool enable; 293 u8 sr_ctrl; 294 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 295 u8 min_offset; 296 u8 max_offset; 297 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 298 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 299 }; 300 301 /** 302 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 303 * 304 * @color: the current color. 305 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 306 * @partial: define the AID equation. 307 */ 308 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 309 u8 color; 310 bool enabled; 311 bool partial; 312 }; 313 314 /** 315 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 316 * 317 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 318 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 319 * 320 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 321 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 322 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 323 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 324 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 325 */ 326 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 327 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 328 bool ht_supported; 329 u8 ampdu_factor; 330 u8 ampdu_density; 331 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 332 }; 333 334 /** 335 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 336 * 337 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 338 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 339 * 340 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 341 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 342 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 343 */ 344 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 345 bool vht_supported; 346 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 347 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 348 }; 349 350 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 351 352 /** 353 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 354 * 355 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 356 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 357 * 358 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 359 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 360 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 361 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 364 bool has_he; 365 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 366 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 367 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 368 }; 369 370 /** 371 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 372 * 373 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 374 * and NSS Set field" 375 * 376 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 377 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 378 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 379 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 380 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 383 union { 384 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 385 struct { 386 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 387 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 388 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 389 } __packed bw; 390 } __packed; 391 } __packed; 392 393 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 394 395 /** 396 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 397 * 398 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 399 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 400 * 401 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 402 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 403 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 404 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 405 */ 406 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 407 bool has_eht; 408 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 410 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 411 }; 412 413 /** 414 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 415 * 416 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 417 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 418 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 419 * 420 * @types_mask: interface types mask 421 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 422 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 423 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 424 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 425 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 426 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 427 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 428 */ 429 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 430 u16 types_mask; 431 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 432 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 433 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 434 struct { 435 const u8 *data; 436 unsigned int len; 437 } vendor_elems; 438 }; 439 440 /** 441 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 442 * 443 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 444 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 445 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 446 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 447 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 448 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 449 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 450 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 451 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 452 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 453 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 454 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 455 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 456 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 457 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 458 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 459 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 460 */ 461 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 462 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 463 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 464 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 465 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 466 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 467 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 468 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 469 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 470 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 471 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 472 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 473 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 474 }; 475 476 /** 477 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 478 * 479 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 480 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 481 * 482 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 483 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 484 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 485 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 486 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 487 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 488 */ 489 struct ieee80211_edmg { 490 u8 channels; 491 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 492 }; 493 494 /** 495 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 496 * 497 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 498 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 499 * 500 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 501 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 502 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 503 */ 504 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 505 bool s1g; 506 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 507 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 508 }; 509 510 /** 511 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 512 * 513 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 514 * is able to operate in. 515 * 516 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 517 * in this band. 518 * @band: the band this structure represents 519 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 520 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 521 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 522 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 523 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 524 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 525 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 526 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 527 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 528 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 529 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 530 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 531 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 532 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 533 * iftype_data). 534 */ 535 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 536 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 537 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 538 enum nl80211_band band; 539 int n_channels; 540 int n_bitrates; 541 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 542 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 543 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 544 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 545 u16 n_iftype_data; 546 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 547 }; 548 549 /** 550 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 551 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 552 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 553 * 554 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 555 */ 556 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 557 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 558 u8 iftype) 559 { 560 int i; 561 562 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 563 return NULL; 564 565 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 566 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 567 568 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 569 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 570 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 571 572 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 573 return data; 574 } 575 576 return NULL; 577 } 578 579 /** 580 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 581 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 582 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 583 * 584 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 585 */ 586 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 587 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 588 u8 iftype) 589 { 590 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 591 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 592 593 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 594 return &data->he_cap; 595 596 return NULL; 597 } 598 599 /** 600 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 601 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 602 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 603 * 604 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 605 */ 606 static inline __le16 607 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 608 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 609 { 610 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 611 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 612 613 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 614 return 0; 615 616 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 617 } 618 619 /** 620 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 621 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 622 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 623 * 624 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 625 */ 626 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 627 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 628 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 629 { 630 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 631 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 632 633 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 634 return &data->eht_cap; 635 636 return NULL; 637 } 638 639 /** 640 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 641 * 642 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 643 * 644 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 645 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 646 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 647 * 648 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 649 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 650 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 651 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 652 * without affecting other devices. 653 * 654 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 655 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 656 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 657 */ 658 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 659 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 660 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 661 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 662 { 663 } 664 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 665 666 667 /* 668 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 669 */ 670 671 /** 672 * DOC: Actions and configuration 673 * 674 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 675 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 676 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 677 * operations use are described separately. 678 * 679 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 680 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 681 * 682 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 683 * in a separate chapter. 684 */ 685 686 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 687 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 688 689 /** 690 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 691 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 692 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 693 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 694 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 695 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 696 * determine the address as needed. 697 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 698 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 699 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 700 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 701 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 702 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 703 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 704 */ 705 struct vif_params { 706 u32 flags; 707 int use_4addr; 708 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 709 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 710 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 711 }; 712 713 /** 714 * struct key_params - key information 715 * 716 * Information about a key 717 * 718 * @key: key material 719 * @key_len: length of key material 720 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 721 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 722 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 723 * length given by @seq_len. 724 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 725 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 726 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 727 */ 728 struct key_params { 729 const u8 *key; 730 const u8 *seq; 731 int key_len; 732 int seq_len; 733 u16 vlan_id; 734 u32 cipher; 735 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 736 }; 737 738 /** 739 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 740 * @chan: the (control) channel 741 * @width: channel width 742 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 743 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 744 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 745 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 746 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 747 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 748 * parameters are ignored. 749 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 750 */ 751 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 752 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 753 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 754 u32 center_freq1; 755 u32 center_freq2; 756 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 757 u16 freq1_offset; 758 }; 759 760 /* 761 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 762 */ 763 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 764 struct { 765 u32 legacy; 766 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 767 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 768 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 769 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 770 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 771 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 772 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 773 }; 774 775 776 /** 777 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 778 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 779 * of the peer. 780 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 781 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 782 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 783 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 784 * @retry_long: retry count value 785 * @retry_short: retry count value 786 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 787 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 788 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 789 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 790 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 791 */ 792 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 793 bool config_override; 794 u8 tids; 795 u64 mask; 796 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 797 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 798 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 799 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 800 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 801 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 802 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 803 }; 804 805 /** 806 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 807 * @peer: Station's MAC address 808 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 809 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 810 */ 811 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 812 const u8 *peer; 813 u32 n_tid_conf; 814 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 815 }; 816 817 /** 818 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 819 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 820 * @kek: FILS KEK 821 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 822 * @snonce: STA Nonce 823 * @anonce: AP Nonce 824 */ 825 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 826 const u8 *macaddr; 827 const u8 *kek; 828 u8 kek_len; 829 const u8 *snonce; 830 const u8 *anonce; 831 }; 832 833 /** 834 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 835 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 836 * addresses. 837 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 838 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 839 */ 840 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 841 const u8 *macaddr; 842 bool enable; 843 }; 844 845 /** 846 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 847 * @chandef: the channel definition 848 * 849 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 850 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 851 */ 852 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 853 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 854 { 855 switch (chandef->width) { 856 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 857 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 858 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 859 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 860 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 861 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 862 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 863 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 864 default: 865 WARN_ON(1); 866 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 867 } 868 } 869 870 /** 871 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 872 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 873 * @channel: the control channel 874 * @chantype: the channel type 875 * 876 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 877 */ 878 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 879 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 880 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 881 882 /** 883 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 884 * @chandef1: first channel definition 885 * @chandef2: second channel definition 886 * 887 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 888 * identical, %false otherwise. 889 */ 890 static inline bool 891 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 892 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 893 { 894 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 895 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 896 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 897 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 898 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 899 } 900 901 /** 902 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 903 * 904 * @chandef: the channel definition 905 * 906 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 907 */ 908 static inline bool 909 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 910 { 911 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 912 } 913 914 /** 915 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 916 * @chandef1: first channel definition 917 * @chandef2: second channel definition 918 * 919 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 920 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 921 */ 922 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 923 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 924 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 925 926 /** 927 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 928 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 929 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 930 */ 931 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 932 933 /** 934 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 935 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 936 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 937 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 938 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 939 */ 940 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 941 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 942 u32 prohibited_flags); 943 944 /** 945 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 946 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 947 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 948 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 949 * Returns: 950 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 951 */ 952 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 953 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 954 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 955 956 /** 957 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 958 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 959 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 960 * 961 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 962 **/ 963 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 964 965 /** 966 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width 967 * @width: the channel width of the channel 968 * 969 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 970 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 971 * 972 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width 973 */ 974 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 975 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) 976 { 977 switch (width) { 978 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 979 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 980 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 981 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 982 default: 983 break; 984 } 985 return 0; 986 } 987 988 /** 989 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 990 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 991 * 992 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). 993 * 994 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 995 */ 996 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 997 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 998 { 999 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width); 1000 } 1001 1002 /** 1003 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1004 * 1005 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1006 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1007 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1008 * 1009 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1010 * 1011 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1012 */ 1013 static inline int 1014 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1015 { 1016 switch (chandef->width) { 1017 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1018 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1019 chandef->chan->max_power); 1020 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1021 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1022 chandef->chan->max_power); 1023 default: 1024 break; 1025 } 1026 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1027 } 1028 1029 /** 1030 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1031 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1032 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1033 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1034 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1035 */ 1036 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1037 unsigned long band_mask, 1038 u32 prohibited_flags); 1039 1040 /** 1041 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1042 * 1043 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1044 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1045 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1046 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1047 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1048 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1049 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1050 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1051 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1052 * 1053 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1054 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1055 */ 1056 enum survey_info_flags { 1057 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1058 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1059 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1060 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1061 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1062 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1063 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1064 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1065 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1066 }; 1067 1068 /** 1069 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1070 * 1071 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1072 * record to report global statistics 1073 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1074 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1075 * optional 1076 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1077 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1078 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1079 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1080 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1081 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1082 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1083 * 1084 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1085 * 1086 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1087 * channel duty cycle etc. 1088 */ 1089 struct survey_info { 1090 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1091 u64 time; 1092 u64 time_busy; 1093 u64 time_ext_busy; 1094 u64 time_rx; 1095 u64 time_tx; 1096 u64 time_scan; 1097 u64 time_bss_rx; 1098 u32 filled; 1099 s8 noise; 1100 }; 1101 1102 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1103 1104 /** 1105 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1106 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1107 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1108 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1109 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1110 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1111 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1112 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1113 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1114 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1115 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1116 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1117 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1118 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1119 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1120 * protocol frames. 1121 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1122 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1123 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1124 * port for mac80211 1125 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1126 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1127 * offload) 1128 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1129 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1130 * 1131 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1132 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1133 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1134 * such a scenario. 1135 * 1136 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1137 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1138 * 1139 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1140 * Allow hash-to-element only 1141 * 1142 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1143 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1144 */ 1145 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1146 u32 wpa_versions; 1147 u32 cipher_group; 1148 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1149 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1150 int n_akm_suites; 1151 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1152 bool control_port; 1153 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1154 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1155 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1156 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1157 const u8 *psk; 1158 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1159 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1160 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1161 }; 1162 1163 /** 1164 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1165 * 1166 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1167 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1168 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1169 */ 1170 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1171 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1172 u8 index; 1173 bool ema; 1174 }; 1175 1176 /** 1177 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1178 * 1179 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1180 * 1181 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1182 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1183 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1184 */ 1185 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1186 u8 cnt; 1187 struct { 1188 const u8 *data; 1189 size_t len; 1190 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1191 }; 1192 1193 /** 1194 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1195 * 1196 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1197 * 1198 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1199 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1200 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1201 */ 1202 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1203 u8 cnt; 1204 struct { 1205 const u8 *data; 1206 size_t len; 1207 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1208 }; 1209 1210 /** 1211 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1212 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1213 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1214 * or %NULL if not changed 1215 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1216 * or %NULL if not changed 1217 * @head_len: length of @head 1218 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1219 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1220 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1221 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1222 * frames or %NULL 1223 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1224 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1225 * Response frames or %NULL 1226 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1227 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1228 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1229 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1230 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1231 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1232 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1233 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1234 * (measurement type 8) 1235 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1236 * Token (measurement type 11) 1237 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1238 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1239 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1240 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1241 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1242 */ 1243 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1244 unsigned int link_id; 1245 1246 const u8 *head, *tail; 1247 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1248 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1249 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1250 const u8 *probe_resp; 1251 const u8 *lci; 1252 const u8 *civicloc; 1253 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1254 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1255 s8 ftm_responder; 1256 1257 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1258 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1259 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1260 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1261 size_t probe_resp_len; 1262 size_t lci_len; 1263 size_t civicloc_len; 1264 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1265 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1266 }; 1267 1268 struct mac_address { 1269 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1270 }; 1271 1272 /** 1273 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1274 * 1275 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1276 * entry specified by mac_addr 1277 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1278 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1279 */ 1280 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1281 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1282 int n_acl_entries; 1283 1284 /* Keep it last */ 1285 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1286 }; 1287 1288 /** 1289 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1290 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1291 * 1292 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1293 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1294 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1295 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1296 * frame headers. 1297 */ 1298 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1299 u32 min_interval; 1300 u32 max_interval; 1301 size_t tmpl_len; 1302 const u8 *tmpl; 1303 }; 1304 1305 /** 1306 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1307 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1308 * 1309 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1310 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1311 * scanning 1312 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1313 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1314 */ 1315 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1316 u32 interval; 1317 size_t tmpl_len; 1318 const u8 *tmpl; 1319 }; 1320 1321 /** 1322 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1323 * 1324 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1325 * 1326 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1327 * @beacon: beacon data 1328 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1329 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1330 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1331 * user space) 1332 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1333 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1334 * @crypto: crypto settings 1335 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1336 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1337 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1338 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1339 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1340 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1341 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1342 * MAC address based access control 1343 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1344 * networks. 1345 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1346 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1347 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1348 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1349 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1350 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1351 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1352 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1353 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1354 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1355 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1356 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1357 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1358 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1359 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1360 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1361 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1362 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1363 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1364 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1365 */ 1366 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1367 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1368 1369 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1370 1371 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1372 const u8 *ssid; 1373 size_t ssid_len; 1374 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1375 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1376 bool privacy; 1377 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1378 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1379 int inactivity_timeout; 1380 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1381 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1382 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1383 bool pbss; 1384 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1385 1386 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1387 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1388 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1389 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1390 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1391 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1392 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1393 bool twt_responder; 1394 u32 flags; 1395 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1396 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1397 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1398 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1399 u16 punct_bitmap; 1400 }; 1401 1402 /** 1403 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1404 * 1405 * Used for channel switch 1406 * 1407 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1408 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1409 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1410 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1411 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1412 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1413 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1414 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1415 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1416 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1417 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1418 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1419 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1420 */ 1421 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1422 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1423 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1424 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1425 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1426 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1427 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1428 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1429 bool radar_required; 1430 bool block_tx; 1431 u8 count; 1432 u16 punct_bitmap; 1433 }; 1434 1435 /** 1436 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1437 * 1438 * Used for bss color change 1439 * 1440 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1441 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1442 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1443 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1444 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1445 * @color: the color used after the change 1446 */ 1447 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1448 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1449 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1450 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1451 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1452 u8 count; 1453 u8 color; 1454 }; 1455 1456 /** 1457 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1458 * 1459 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1460 * 1461 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1462 * to use for verification 1463 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1464 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1465 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1466 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1467 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1468 * nl80211_iftype. 1469 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1470 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1471 * the verification 1472 */ 1473 struct iface_combination_params { 1474 int num_different_channels; 1475 u8 radar_detect; 1476 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1477 u32 new_beacon_int; 1478 }; 1479 1480 /** 1481 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1482 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1483 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1484 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1485 * 1486 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1487 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1488 */ 1489 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1490 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1491 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1492 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1493 }; 1494 1495 /** 1496 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1497 * 1498 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1499 * 1500 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1501 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1502 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1503 * power per-interface or per-station. 1504 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1505 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1506 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1507 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1508 * per peer TPC. 1509 */ 1510 struct sta_txpwr { 1511 s16 power; 1512 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1513 }; 1514 1515 /** 1516 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1517 * 1518 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1519 * 1520 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1521 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1522 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1523 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1524 * (or NULL for no change) 1525 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1526 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1527 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1528 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1529 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1530 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1531 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1532 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1533 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1534 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1535 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1536 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1537 */ 1538 struct link_station_parameters { 1539 const u8 *mld_mac; 1540 int link_id; 1541 const u8 *link_mac; 1542 const u8 *supported_rates; 1543 u8 supported_rates_len; 1544 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1545 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1546 u8 opmode_notif; 1547 bool opmode_notif_used; 1548 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1549 u8 he_capa_len; 1550 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1551 bool txpwr_set; 1552 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1553 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1554 u8 eht_capa_len; 1555 }; 1556 1557 /** 1558 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1559 * 1560 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1561 * 1562 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1563 * @link_id: the link id 1564 */ 1565 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1566 const u8 *mld_mac; 1567 u32 link_id; 1568 }; 1569 1570 /** 1571 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1572 * 1573 * Used to change and create a new station. 1574 * 1575 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1576 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1577 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1578 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1579 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1580 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1581 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1582 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1583 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1584 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1585 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1586 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1587 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1588 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1589 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1590 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1591 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1592 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1593 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1594 * to unknown) 1595 * @capability: station capability 1596 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1597 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1598 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1599 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1600 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1601 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1602 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1603 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1604 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1605 */ 1606 struct station_parameters { 1607 struct net_device *vlan; 1608 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1609 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1610 int listen_interval; 1611 u16 aid; 1612 u16 vlan_id; 1613 u16 peer_aid; 1614 u8 plink_action; 1615 u8 plink_state; 1616 u8 uapsd_queues; 1617 u8 max_sp; 1618 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1619 u16 capability; 1620 const u8 *ext_capab; 1621 u8 ext_capab_len; 1622 const u8 *supported_channels; 1623 u8 supported_channels_len; 1624 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1625 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1626 int support_p2p_ps; 1627 u16 airtime_weight; 1628 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1629 }; 1630 1631 /** 1632 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1633 * 1634 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1635 * 1636 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1637 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1638 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1639 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1640 */ 1641 struct station_del_parameters { 1642 const u8 *mac; 1643 u8 subtype; 1644 u16 reason_code; 1645 }; 1646 1647 /** 1648 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1649 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1650 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1651 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1652 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1653 * the AP MLME in the device 1654 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1655 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1656 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1657 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1658 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1659 * supported/used) 1660 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1661 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1662 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1663 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1664 */ 1665 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1666 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1667 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1668 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1669 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1670 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1671 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1672 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1673 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1674 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1675 }; 1676 1677 /** 1678 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1679 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1680 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1681 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1682 * 1683 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1684 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1685 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1686 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1687 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1688 */ 1689 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1690 struct station_parameters *params, 1691 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1692 1693 /** 1694 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1695 * 1696 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1697 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1698 * 1699 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1700 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1701 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1702 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1703 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1704 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1705 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1706 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1707 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 1708 */ 1709 enum rate_info_flags { 1710 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1711 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1712 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1713 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1714 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1715 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1716 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1717 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1718 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 1719 }; 1720 1721 /** 1722 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1723 * 1724 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1725 * 1726 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1727 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1728 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1729 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1730 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1731 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1732 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1733 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1734 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1735 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 1736 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 1737 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 1738 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 1739 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 1740 */ 1741 enum rate_info_bw { 1742 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1743 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1744 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1745 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1746 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1747 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1748 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1749 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1750 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1751 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 1752 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 1753 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 1754 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 1755 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 1756 }; 1757 1758 /** 1759 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1760 * 1761 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1762 * 1763 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1764 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1765 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate 1766 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1767 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1768 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1769 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1770 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1771 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1772 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1773 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1774 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1775 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1776 */ 1777 struct rate_info { 1778 u16 flags; 1779 u16 legacy; 1780 u8 mcs; 1781 u8 nss; 1782 u8 bw; 1783 u8 he_gi; 1784 u8 he_dcm; 1785 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1786 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1787 u8 eht_gi; 1788 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1789 }; 1790 1791 /** 1792 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1793 * 1794 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1795 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1796 * 1797 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1798 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1799 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1800 */ 1801 enum bss_param_flags { 1802 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1803 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1804 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1805 }; 1806 1807 /** 1808 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1809 * 1810 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1811 * 1812 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1813 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1814 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1815 */ 1816 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1817 u8 flags; 1818 u8 dtim_period; 1819 u16 beacon_interval; 1820 }; 1821 1822 /** 1823 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1824 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1825 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1826 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1827 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1828 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1829 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1830 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1831 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1832 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1833 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1834 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1835 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1836 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1837 */ 1838 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1839 u32 filled; 1840 u32 backlog_bytes; 1841 u32 backlog_packets; 1842 u32 flows; 1843 u32 drops; 1844 u32 ecn_marks; 1845 u32 overlimit; 1846 u32 overmemory; 1847 u32 collisions; 1848 u32 tx_bytes; 1849 u32 tx_packets; 1850 u32 max_flows; 1851 }; 1852 1853 /** 1854 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1855 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1856 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1857 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1858 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1859 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1860 * transmitted MSDUs 1861 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1862 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1863 */ 1864 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1865 u32 filled; 1866 u64 rx_msdu; 1867 u64 tx_msdu; 1868 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1869 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1870 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1871 }; 1872 1873 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1874 1875 /** 1876 * struct station_info - station information 1877 * 1878 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1879 * 1880 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1881 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1882 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1883 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1884 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1885 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1886 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1887 * @llid: mesh local link id 1888 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1889 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1890 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1891 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1892 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1893 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1894 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1895 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1896 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1897 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1898 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1899 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1900 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1901 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1902 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1903 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1904 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1905 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1906 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1907 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1908 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1909 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1910 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1911 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1912 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1913 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1914 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1915 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1916 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1917 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1918 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1919 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1920 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1921 * towards this station. 1922 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1923 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1924 * from this peer 1925 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1926 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1927 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1928 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1929 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1930 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1931 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1932 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1933 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1934 * been sent. 1935 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1936 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1937 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1938 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1939 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1940 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1941 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 1942 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 1943 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 1944 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 1945 * dump_station() callbacks. 1946 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 1947 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 1948 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 1949 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 1950 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 1951 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 1952 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 1953 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 1954 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 1955 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 1956 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 1957 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 1958 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 1959 */ 1960 struct station_info { 1961 u64 filled; 1962 u32 connected_time; 1963 u32 inactive_time; 1964 u64 assoc_at; 1965 u64 rx_bytes; 1966 u64 tx_bytes; 1967 u16 llid; 1968 u16 plid; 1969 u8 plink_state; 1970 s8 signal; 1971 s8 signal_avg; 1972 1973 u8 chains; 1974 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1975 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1976 1977 struct rate_info txrate; 1978 struct rate_info rxrate; 1979 u32 rx_packets; 1980 u32 tx_packets; 1981 u32 tx_retries; 1982 u32 tx_failed; 1983 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1984 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1985 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1986 1987 int generation; 1988 1989 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1990 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1991 1992 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1993 s64 t_offset; 1994 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1995 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1996 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1997 1998 u32 expected_throughput; 1999 2000 u64 tx_duration; 2001 u64 rx_duration; 2002 u64 rx_beacon; 2003 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2004 u8 connected_to_gate; 2005 2006 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2007 s8 ack_signal; 2008 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2009 2010 u16 airtime_weight; 2011 2012 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2013 u32 fcs_err_count; 2014 2015 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2016 2017 u8 connected_to_as; 2018 2019 bool mlo_params_valid; 2020 u8 assoc_link_id; 2021 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2022 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2023 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2024 }; 2025 2026 /** 2027 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2028 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2029 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2030 */ 2031 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2032 s32 power; 2033 u32 freq_range_index; 2034 }; 2035 2036 /** 2037 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2038 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2039 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2040 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2041 */ 2042 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2043 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2044 u32 num_sub_specs; 2045 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 2046 }; 2047 2048 2049 /** 2050 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2051 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2052 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2053 */ 2054 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2055 u32 start_freq; 2056 u32 end_freq; 2057 }; 2058 2059 /** 2060 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2061 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2062 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2063 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2064 * 2065 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2066 * range to small ones and then append them. 2067 */ 2068 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2069 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2070 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2071 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2072 }; 2073 2074 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2075 /** 2076 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2077 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2078 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2079 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2080 * 2081 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2082 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2083 * considered undefined. 2084 */ 2085 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2086 struct station_info *sinfo); 2087 #else 2088 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2089 const u8 *mac_addr, 2090 struct station_info *sinfo) 2091 { 2092 return -ENOENT; 2093 } 2094 #endif 2095 2096 /** 2097 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2098 * 2099 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2100 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2101 * 2102 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2103 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2104 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2105 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2106 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2107 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 2108 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2109 */ 2110 enum monitor_flags { 2111 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 2112 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 2113 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 2114 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 2115 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 2116 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 2117 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 2118 }; 2119 2120 /** 2121 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2122 * 2123 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2124 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2125 * 2126 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2127 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2128 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2129 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2130 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2131 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2132 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2133 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2134 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2135 */ 2136 enum mpath_info_flags { 2137 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2138 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2139 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2140 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2141 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2142 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2143 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2144 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2145 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2146 }; 2147 2148 /** 2149 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2150 * 2151 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2152 * 2153 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2154 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2155 * @sn: target sequence number 2156 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2157 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2158 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2159 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2160 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2161 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2162 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2163 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2164 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2165 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2166 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2167 */ 2168 struct mpath_info { 2169 u32 filled; 2170 u32 frame_qlen; 2171 u32 sn; 2172 u32 metric; 2173 u32 exptime; 2174 u32 discovery_timeout; 2175 u8 discovery_retries; 2176 u8 flags; 2177 u8 hop_count; 2178 u32 path_change_count; 2179 2180 int generation; 2181 }; 2182 2183 /** 2184 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2185 * 2186 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2187 * 2188 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2189 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2190 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2191 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2192 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2193 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2194 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2195 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2196 * (or NULL for no change) 2197 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2198 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2199 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2200 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2201 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2202 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2203 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2204 */ 2205 struct bss_parameters { 2206 int link_id; 2207 int use_cts_prot; 2208 int use_short_preamble; 2209 int use_short_slot_time; 2210 const u8 *basic_rates; 2211 u8 basic_rates_len; 2212 int ap_isolate; 2213 int ht_opmode; 2214 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2215 }; 2216 2217 /** 2218 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2219 * 2220 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2221 * 2222 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2223 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2224 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2225 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2226 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2227 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2228 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2229 * mesh interface 2230 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2231 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2232 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2233 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2234 * elements 2235 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2236 * detect compatible mesh peers 2237 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2238 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2239 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2240 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2241 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2242 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2243 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2244 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2245 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2246 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2247 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2248 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2249 * element 2250 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2251 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2252 * element 2253 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2254 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2255 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2256 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2257 * announcements are transmitted 2258 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2259 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2260 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2261 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2262 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2263 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2264 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2265 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2266 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2267 * station to establish a peer link 2268 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2269 * 2270 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2271 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2272 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2273 * 2274 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2275 * PREQs are transmitted. 2276 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2277 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2278 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2279 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2280 * setting for new peer links. 2281 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2282 * after transmitting its beacon. 2283 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2284 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2285 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2286 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2287 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2288 * in the mesh formation field. 2289 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2290 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2291 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2292 * in the mesh path table 2293 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2294 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2295 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2296 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2297 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2298 */ 2299 struct mesh_config { 2300 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2301 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2302 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2303 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2304 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2305 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2306 u8 element_ttl; 2307 bool auto_open_plinks; 2308 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2309 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2310 u32 path_refresh_time; 2311 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2312 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2313 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2314 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2315 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2316 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2317 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2318 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2319 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2320 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2321 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2322 s32 rssi_threshold; 2323 u16 ht_opmode; 2324 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2325 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2326 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2327 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2328 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2329 u32 plink_timeout; 2330 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2331 }; 2332 2333 /** 2334 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2335 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2336 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2337 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2338 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2339 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2340 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2341 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2342 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2343 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2344 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2345 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2346 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2347 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2348 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2349 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2350 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2351 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2352 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2353 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2354 * to operate on DFS channels. 2355 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2356 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2357 * 2358 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2359 */ 2360 struct mesh_setup { 2361 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2362 const u8 *mesh_id; 2363 u8 mesh_id_len; 2364 u8 sync_method; 2365 u8 path_sel_proto; 2366 u8 path_metric; 2367 u8 auth_id; 2368 const u8 *ie; 2369 u8 ie_len; 2370 bool is_authenticated; 2371 bool is_secure; 2372 bool user_mpm; 2373 u8 dtim_period; 2374 u16 beacon_interval; 2375 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2376 u32 basic_rates; 2377 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2378 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2379 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2380 }; 2381 2382 /** 2383 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2384 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2385 * 2386 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2387 */ 2388 struct ocb_setup { 2389 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2390 }; 2391 2392 /** 2393 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2394 * @ac: AC identifier 2395 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2396 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2397 * 1..32767] 2398 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2399 * 1..32767] 2400 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2401 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2402 */ 2403 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2404 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2405 u16 txop; 2406 u16 cwmin; 2407 u16 cwmax; 2408 u8 aifs; 2409 int link_id; 2410 }; 2411 2412 /** 2413 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2414 * 2415 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2416 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2417 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2418 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2419 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2420 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2421 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2422 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2423 * in the wiphy structure. 2424 * 2425 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2426 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2427 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2428 * 2429 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2430 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2431 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2432 * to userspace. 2433 */ 2434 2435 /** 2436 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2437 * @ssid: the SSID 2438 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2439 */ 2440 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2441 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2442 u8 ssid_len; 2443 }; 2444 2445 /** 2446 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2447 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2448 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2449 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2450 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2451 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2452 * userspace will be notified of that 2453 */ 2454 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2455 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2456 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2457 bool aborted; 2458 }; 2459 2460 /** 2461 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2462 * 2463 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2464 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2465 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2466 * which the above info relvant to 2467 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2468 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2469 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2470 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2471 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2472 */ 2473 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2474 u32 short_ssid; 2475 u32 channel_idx; 2476 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2477 bool unsolicited_probe; 2478 bool short_ssid_valid; 2479 bool psc_no_listen; 2480 s8 psd_20; 2481 }; 2482 2483 /** 2484 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2485 * 2486 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2487 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2488 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2489 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2490 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2491 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2492 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2493 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2494 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2495 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2496 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2497 * %duration field. 2498 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2499 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2500 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2501 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2502 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2503 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2504 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2505 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2506 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2507 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2508 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2509 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2510 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2511 * true if this is the second scan request 2512 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2513 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2514 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2515 */ 2516 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2517 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2518 int n_ssids; 2519 u32 n_channels; 2520 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2521 const u8 *ie; 2522 size_t ie_len; 2523 u16 duration; 2524 bool duration_mandatory; 2525 u32 flags; 2526 2527 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2528 2529 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2530 2531 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2532 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2533 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2534 2535 /* internal */ 2536 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2537 unsigned long scan_start; 2538 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2539 bool notified; 2540 bool no_cck; 2541 bool scan_6ghz; 2542 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2543 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2544 2545 /* keep last */ 2546 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2547 }; 2548 2549 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2550 { 2551 int i; 2552 2553 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2554 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2555 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2556 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2557 } 2558 } 2559 2560 /** 2561 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2562 * 2563 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2564 * or no match (RSSI only) 2565 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2566 * or no match (RSSI only) 2567 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2568 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2569 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2570 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2571 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2572 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2573 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2574 * corresponding matchset. 2575 */ 2576 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2577 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2578 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2579 s32 rssi_thold; 2580 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2581 }; 2582 2583 /** 2584 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2585 * 2586 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2587 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2588 * infinite loop. 2589 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2590 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2591 */ 2592 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2593 u32 interval; 2594 u32 iterations; 2595 }; 2596 2597 /** 2598 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2599 * 2600 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2601 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2602 */ 2603 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2604 enum nl80211_band band; 2605 s8 delta; 2606 }; 2607 2608 /** 2609 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2610 * 2611 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2612 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2613 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2614 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2615 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2616 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2617 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2618 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2619 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2620 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2621 * (others are filtered out). 2622 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2623 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2624 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2625 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2626 * @dev: the interface 2627 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2628 * @channels: channels to scan 2629 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2630 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2631 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2632 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2633 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2634 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2635 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2636 * index must be executed first. 2637 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2638 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2639 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2640 * owned by a particular socket) 2641 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2642 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2643 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2644 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2645 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2646 * supported. 2647 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2648 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2649 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2650 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2651 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2652 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2653 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2654 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2655 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2656 * comparisions. 2657 */ 2658 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2659 u64 reqid; 2660 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2661 int n_ssids; 2662 u32 n_channels; 2663 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2664 const u8 *ie; 2665 size_t ie_len; 2666 u32 flags; 2667 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2668 int n_match_sets; 2669 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2670 u32 delay; 2671 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2672 int n_scan_plans; 2673 2674 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2675 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2676 2677 bool relative_rssi_set; 2678 s8 relative_rssi; 2679 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2680 2681 /* internal */ 2682 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2683 struct net_device *dev; 2684 unsigned long scan_start; 2685 bool report_results; 2686 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2687 u32 owner_nlportid; 2688 bool nl_owner_dead; 2689 struct list_head list; 2690 2691 /* keep last */ 2692 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2693 }; 2694 2695 /** 2696 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2697 * 2698 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2699 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2700 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2701 */ 2702 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2703 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2704 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2705 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2706 }; 2707 2708 /** 2709 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2710 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2711 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2712 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2713 * signal type 2714 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2715 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2716 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2717 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2718 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2719 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2720 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2721 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2722 * by %parent_bssid. 2723 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2724 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2725 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2726 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2727 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 2728 */ 2729 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2730 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2731 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2732 s32 signal; 2733 u64 boottime_ns; 2734 u64 parent_tsf; 2735 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2736 u8 chains; 2737 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2738 2739 void *drv_data; 2740 }; 2741 2742 /** 2743 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2744 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2745 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2746 * @len: length of the IEs 2747 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2748 * @data: IE data 2749 */ 2750 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2751 u64 tsf; 2752 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2753 int len; 2754 bool from_beacon; 2755 u8 data[]; 2756 }; 2757 2758 /** 2759 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2760 * 2761 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2762 * for use in scan results and similar. 2763 * 2764 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2765 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2766 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2767 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2768 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2769 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2770 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2771 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2772 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2773 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2774 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2775 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2776 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2777 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2778 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2779 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2780 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2781 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2782 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2783 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2784 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2785 * (multi-BSSID support) 2786 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2787 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2788 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2789 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2790 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2791 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2792 */ 2793 struct cfg80211_bss { 2794 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2795 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2796 2797 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2798 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2799 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2800 2801 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2802 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2803 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2804 2805 s32 signal; 2806 2807 u16 beacon_interval; 2808 u16 capability; 2809 2810 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2811 u8 chains; 2812 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2813 2814 u8 bssid_index; 2815 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2816 2817 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2818 }; 2819 2820 /** 2821 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2822 * @bss: the bss to search 2823 * @id: the element ID 2824 * 2825 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2826 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2827 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2828 */ 2829 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2830 2831 /** 2832 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2833 * @bss: the bss to search 2834 * @id: the element ID 2835 * 2836 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2837 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2838 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2839 */ 2840 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2841 { 2842 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2843 } 2844 2845 2846 /** 2847 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2848 * 2849 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2850 * authentication. 2851 * 2852 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2853 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2854 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2855 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2856 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2857 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2858 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2859 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2860 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2861 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2862 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2863 * transaction sequence number field. 2864 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2865 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 2866 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 2867 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 2868 * given an MLD address) by the driver 2869 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 2870 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 2871 */ 2872 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2873 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2874 const u8 *ie; 2875 size_t ie_len; 2876 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2877 const u8 *key; 2878 u8 key_len; 2879 s8 key_idx; 2880 const u8 *auth_data; 2881 size_t auth_data_len; 2882 s8 link_id; 2883 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2884 }; 2885 2886 /** 2887 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 2888 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 2889 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 2890 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 2891 * @elems_len: length of the elements 2892 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it 2893 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD. 2894 */ 2895 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 2896 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2897 const u8 *elems; 2898 size_t elems_len; 2899 bool disabled; 2900 }; 2901 2902 /** 2903 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2904 * 2905 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2906 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2907 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2908 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2909 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2910 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2911 * request (connect callback). 2912 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2913 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 2914 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 2915 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 2916 * flag is not set. 2917 */ 2918 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2919 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2920 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2921 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2922 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2923 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2924 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 2925 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 2926 }; 2927 2928 /** 2929 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2930 * 2931 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2932 * (re)association. 2933 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2934 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2935 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2936 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2937 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 2938 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 2939 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2940 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2941 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2942 * @crypto: crypto settings 2943 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2944 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2945 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2946 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2947 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2948 * frame. 2949 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2950 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2951 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2952 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2953 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2954 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2955 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2956 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2957 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2958 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2959 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2960 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2961 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2962 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2963 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 2964 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 2965 * the link on which the association request should be sent 2966 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 2967 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 2968 */ 2969 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2970 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2971 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2972 size_t ie_len; 2973 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2974 bool use_mfp; 2975 u32 flags; 2976 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2977 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2978 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2979 const u8 *fils_kek; 2980 size_t fils_kek_len; 2981 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2982 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2983 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2984 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2985 s8 link_id; 2986 }; 2987 2988 /** 2989 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2990 * 2991 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2992 * deauthentication. 2993 * 2994 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 2995 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2996 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2997 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2998 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2999 * do not set a deauth frame 3000 */ 3001 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3002 const u8 *bssid; 3003 const u8 *ie; 3004 size_t ie_len; 3005 u16 reason_code; 3006 bool local_state_change; 3007 }; 3008 3009 /** 3010 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3011 * 3012 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3013 * disassociation. 3014 * 3015 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3016 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3017 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3018 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3019 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3020 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3021 */ 3022 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3023 const u8 *ap_addr; 3024 const u8 *ie; 3025 size_t ie_len; 3026 u16 reason_code; 3027 bool local_state_change; 3028 }; 3029 3030 /** 3031 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3032 * 3033 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3034 * method. 3035 * 3036 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3037 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3038 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3039 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3040 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3041 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3042 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3043 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3044 * @ie_len: length of that 3045 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3046 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3047 * after joining 3048 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3049 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3050 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3051 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3052 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3053 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3054 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3055 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3056 * to operate on DFS channels. 3057 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3058 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3059 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3060 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3061 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3062 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3063 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3064 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3065 */ 3066 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3067 const u8 *ssid; 3068 const u8 *bssid; 3069 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3070 const u8 *ie; 3071 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3072 u16 beacon_interval; 3073 u32 basic_rates; 3074 bool channel_fixed; 3075 bool privacy; 3076 bool control_port; 3077 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3078 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3079 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3080 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3081 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3082 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3083 int wep_tx_key; 3084 }; 3085 3086 /** 3087 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3088 * 3089 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3090 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3091 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3092 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3093 */ 3094 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3095 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3096 union { 3097 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3098 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3099 } param; 3100 }; 3101 3102 /** 3103 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3104 * 3105 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3106 * authentication and association. 3107 * 3108 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3109 * on scan results) 3110 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3111 * %NULL if not specified 3112 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3113 * results) 3114 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3115 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3116 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3117 * to use. 3118 * @ssid: SSID 3119 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3120 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3121 * @ie: IEs for association request 3122 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3123 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3124 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3125 * @crypto: crypto settings 3126 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3127 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3128 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3129 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3130 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3131 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3132 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3133 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3134 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3135 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3136 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3137 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3138 * networks. 3139 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3140 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3141 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3142 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3143 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3144 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3145 * frame. 3146 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3147 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3148 * data IE. 3149 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3150 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3151 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3152 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3153 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3154 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3155 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3156 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3157 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3158 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3159 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3160 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3161 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3162 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3163 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3164 */ 3165 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3166 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3167 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3168 const u8 *bssid; 3169 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3170 const u8 *ssid; 3171 size_t ssid_len; 3172 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3173 const u8 *ie; 3174 size_t ie_len; 3175 bool privacy; 3176 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3177 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3178 const u8 *key; 3179 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3180 u32 flags; 3181 int bg_scan_period; 3182 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3183 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3184 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3185 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3186 bool pbss; 3187 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3188 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3189 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3190 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3191 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3192 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3193 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3194 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3195 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3196 bool want_1x; 3197 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3198 }; 3199 3200 /** 3201 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3202 * 3203 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3204 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3205 * 3206 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3207 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3208 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3209 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3210 */ 3211 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3212 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3213 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3214 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3215 }; 3216 3217 /** 3218 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3219 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3220 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3221 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3222 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3223 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3224 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3225 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3226 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3227 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3228 */ 3229 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3230 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3231 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3232 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3233 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3234 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3235 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3236 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3237 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3238 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3239 }; 3240 3241 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3242 3243 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3244 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3245 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3246 3247 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3248 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3249 3250 /** 3251 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3252 * 3253 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3254 * caching. 3255 * 3256 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3257 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3258 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3259 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3260 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3261 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3262 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3263 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3264 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3265 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3266 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3267 * %NULL). 3268 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3269 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3270 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3271 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3272 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3273 * used for it expires. 3274 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3275 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3276 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3277 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3278 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3279 */ 3280 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3281 const u8 *bssid; 3282 const u8 *pmkid; 3283 const u8 *pmk; 3284 size_t pmk_len; 3285 const u8 *ssid; 3286 size_t ssid_len; 3287 const u8 *cache_id; 3288 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3289 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3290 }; 3291 3292 /** 3293 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3294 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3295 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3296 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3297 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3298 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3299 * 3300 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3301 * memory, free @mask only! 3302 */ 3303 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3304 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3305 int pattern_len; 3306 int pkt_offset; 3307 }; 3308 3309 /** 3310 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3311 * 3312 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3313 * @src: source IP address 3314 * @dst: destination IP address 3315 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3316 * @src_port: source port 3317 * @dst_port: destination port 3318 * @payload_len: data payload length 3319 * @payload: data payload buffer 3320 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3321 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3322 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3323 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3324 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3325 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3326 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3327 */ 3328 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3329 struct socket *sock; 3330 __be32 src, dst; 3331 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3332 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3333 int payload_len; 3334 const u8 *payload; 3335 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3336 u32 data_interval; 3337 u32 wake_len; 3338 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3339 u32 tokens_size; 3340 /* must be last, variable member */ 3341 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3342 }; 3343 3344 /** 3345 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3346 * 3347 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3348 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3349 * operating as normal during suspend 3350 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3351 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3352 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3353 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3354 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3355 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3356 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3357 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3358 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3359 * NULL if not configured. 3360 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3361 */ 3362 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3363 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3364 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3365 rfkill_release; 3366 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3367 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3368 int n_patterns; 3369 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3370 }; 3371 3372 /** 3373 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3374 * 3375 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3376 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3377 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3378 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3379 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3380 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3381 */ 3382 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3383 int delay; 3384 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3385 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3386 int n_patterns; 3387 }; 3388 3389 /** 3390 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3391 * 3392 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3393 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3394 * @n_rules: number of rules 3395 */ 3396 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3397 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3398 int n_rules; 3399 }; 3400 3401 /** 3402 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3403 * 3404 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3405 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3406 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3407 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3408 * occurred (in MHz) 3409 */ 3410 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3411 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3412 int n_channels; 3413 u32 channels[]; 3414 }; 3415 3416 /** 3417 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3418 * 3419 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3420 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3421 * match information. 3422 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3423 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3424 */ 3425 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3426 int n_matches; 3427 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3428 }; 3429 3430 /** 3431 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3432 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3433 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3434 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3435 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3436 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3437 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3438 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3439 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3440 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3441 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3442 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3443 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3444 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3445 * it is. 3446 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3447 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3448 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3449 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3450 */ 3451 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3452 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3453 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3454 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3455 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3456 s32 pattern_idx; 3457 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3458 const void *packet; 3459 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3460 }; 3461 3462 /** 3463 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3464 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3465 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3466 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3467 * @kek_len: length of kek 3468 * @kck_len: length of kck 3469 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3470 */ 3471 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3472 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3473 u32 akm; 3474 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3475 }; 3476 3477 /** 3478 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3479 * 3480 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3481 * 3482 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3483 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3484 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3485 */ 3486 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3487 u16 md; 3488 const u8 *ie; 3489 size_t ie_len; 3490 }; 3491 3492 /** 3493 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3494 * 3495 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3496 * 3497 * @chan: channel to use 3498 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3499 * @wait: duration for ROC 3500 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3501 * @len: buffer length 3502 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3503 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3504 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3505 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3506 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3507 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3508 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3509 */ 3510 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3511 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3512 bool offchan; 3513 unsigned int wait; 3514 const u8 *buf; 3515 size_t len; 3516 bool no_cck; 3517 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3518 int n_csa_offsets; 3519 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3520 int link_id; 3521 }; 3522 3523 /** 3524 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3525 * 3526 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3527 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3528 */ 3529 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3530 u8 dscp; 3531 u8 up; 3532 }; 3533 3534 /** 3535 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3536 * 3537 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3538 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3539 */ 3540 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3541 u8 low; 3542 u8 high; 3543 }; 3544 3545 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3546 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3547 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3548 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3549 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3550 3551 /** 3552 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3553 * 3554 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3555 * 3556 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3557 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3558 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3559 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3560 */ 3561 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3562 u8 num_des; 3563 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3564 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3565 }; 3566 3567 /** 3568 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3569 * 3570 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3571 * 3572 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3573 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3574 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3575 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3576 */ 3577 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3578 u8 master_pref; 3579 u8 bands; 3580 }; 3581 3582 /** 3583 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3584 * configuration 3585 * 3586 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3587 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3588 */ 3589 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3590 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3591 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3592 }; 3593 3594 /** 3595 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3596 * 3597 * @filter: the content of the filter 3598 * @len: the length of the filter 3599 */ 3600 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3601 const u8 *filter; 3602 u8 len; 3603 }; 3604 3605 /** 3606 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3607 * 3608 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3609 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3610 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3611 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3612 * implementation specific. 3613 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3614 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3615 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3616 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3617 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3618 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3619 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3620 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3621 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3622 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3623 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3624 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3625 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3626 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3627 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3628 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3629 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3630 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3631 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3632 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3633 */ 3634 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3635 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3636 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3637 u8 publish_type; 3638 bool close_range; 3639 bool publish_bcast; 3640 bool subscribe_active; 3641 u8 followup_id; 3642 u8 followup_reqid; 3643 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3644 u32 ttl; 3645 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3646 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3647 bool srf_include; 3648 const u8 *srf_bf; 3649 u8 srf_bf_len; 3650 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3651 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3652 int srf_num_macs; 3653 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3654 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3655 u8 num_tx_filters; 3656 u8 num_rx_filters; 3657 u8 instance_id; 3658 u64 cookie; 3659 }; 3660 3661 /** 3662 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3663 * 3664 * @aa: authenticator address 3665 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3666 * @pmk: the PMK material 3667 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3668 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3669 * holds PMK-R0. 3670 */ 3671 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3672 const u8 *aa; 3673 u8 pmk_len; 3674 const u8 *pmk; 3675 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3676 }; 3677 3678 /** 3679 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3680 * 3681 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3682 * 3683 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3684 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3685 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3686 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3687 * authentication response command interface. 3688 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3689 * authentication response command interface. 3690 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3691 * authentication request event interface. 3692 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3693 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3694 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3695 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3696 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3697 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 3698 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 3699 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 3700 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 3701 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 3702 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 3703 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 3704 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 3705 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 3706 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 3707 * chosen for the authentication. 3708 */ 3709 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3710 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3711 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3712 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3713 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3714 u16 status; 3715 const u8 *pmkid; 3716 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3717 }; 3718 3719 /** 3720 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3721 * 3722 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3723 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3724 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3725 * answered 3726 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3727 * successfully answered 3728 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3729 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3730 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3731 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3732 * of how much time the responder was busy 3733 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3734 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3735 * the responder 3736 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3737 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3738 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3739 */ 3740 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3741 u32 filled; 3742 u32 success_num; 3743 u32 partial_num; 3744 u32 failed_num; 3745 u32 asap_num; 3746 u32 non_asap_num; 3747 u64 total_duration_ms; 3748 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3749 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3750 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3751 }; 3752 3753 /** 3754 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3755 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3756 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3757 * reason than just "failure" 3758 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3759 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3760 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3761 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3762 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3763 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3764 * by the responder 3765 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3766 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3767 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3768 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3769 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3770 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3771 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3772 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3773 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3774 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3775 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3776 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3777 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3778 * the square root of the variance) 3779 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3780 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3781 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3782 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3783 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3784 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3785 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3786 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3787 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3788 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3789 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3790 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3791 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3792 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3793 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3794 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3795 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3796 */ 3797 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3798 const u8 *lci; 3799 const u8 *civicloc; 3800 unsigned int lci_len; 3801 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3802 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3803 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3804 s16 burst_index; 3805 u8 busy_retry_time; 3806 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3807 u8 burst_duration; 3808 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3809 s32 rssi_avg; 3810 s32 rssi_spread; 3811 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3812 s64 rtt_avg; 3813 s64 rtt_variance; 3814 s64 rtt_spread; 3815 s64 dist_avg; 3816 s64 dist_variance; 3817 s64 dist_spread; 3818 3819 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3820 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3821 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3822 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3823 tx_rate_valid:1, 3824 rx_rate_valid:1, 3825 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3826 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3827 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3828 dist_avg_valid:1, 3829 dist_variance_valid:1, 3830 dist_spread_valid:1; 3831 }; 3832 3833 /** 3834 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3835 * @addr: address of the peer 3836 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3837 * measurement was made) 3838 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3839 * @status: status of the measurement 3840 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3841 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3842 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3843 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3844 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3845 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3846 * @ftm: FTM result 3847 */ 3848 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3849 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3850 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3851 3852 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3853 3854 u8 final:1, 3855 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3856 3857 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3858 3859 union { 3860 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3861 }; 3862 }; 3863 3864 /** 3865 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3866 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3867 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3868 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3869 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3870 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3871 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3872 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3873 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3874 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3875 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3876 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3877 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3878 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3879 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3880 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3881 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3882 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3883 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3884 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3885 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3886 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3887 * 3888 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3889 */ 3890 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3891 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3892 u16 burst_period; 3893 u8 requested:1, 3894 asap:1, 3895 request_lci:1, 3896 request_civicloc:1, 3897 trigger_based:1, 3898 non_trigger_based:1, 3899 lmr_feedback:1; 3900 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3901 u8 burst_duration; 3902 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3903 u8 ftmr_retries; 3904 u8 bss_color; 3905 }; 3906 3907 /** 3908 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3909 * @addr: MAC address 3910 * @chandef: channel to use 3911 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3912 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3913 */ 3914 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3915 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3916 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3917 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3918 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3919 }; 3920 3921 /** 3922 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3923 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3924 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3925 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3926 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3927 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3928 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3929 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3930 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3931 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3932 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3933 * zero it means there's no timeout 3934 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3935 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3936 */ 3937 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3938 u64 cookie; 3939 void *drv_data; 3940 u32 n_peers; 3941 u32 nl_portid; 3942 3943 u32 timeout; 3944 3945 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3946 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3947 3948 struct list_head list; 3949 3950 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 3951 }; 3952 3953 /** 3954 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3955 * 3956 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3957 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3958 * 3959 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3960 * 3961 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3962 * has to be done. 3963 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3964 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3965 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3966 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3967 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3968 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3969 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3970 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3971 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 3972 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 3973 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 3974 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 3975 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 3976 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 3977 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 3978 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 3979 */ 3980 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3981 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3982 u16 status; 3983 const u8 *ie; 3984 size_t ie_len; 3985 int assoc_link_id; 3986 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3987 }; 3988 3989 /** 3990 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3991 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3992 * for the entire device 3993 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3994 * for the given interface 3995 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3996 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3997 * for these subtypes 3998 */ 3999 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4000 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4001 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4002 }; 4003 4004 /** 4005 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4006 * 4007 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4008 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4009 * 4010 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4011 * on success or a negative error code. 4012 * 4013 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4014 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4015 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4016 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4017 * 4018 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4019 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4020 * configured for the device. 4021 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4022 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4023 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4024 * the device. 4025 * 4026 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4027 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4028 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4029 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4030 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4031 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4032 * 4033 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4034 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4035 * 4036 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4037 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4038 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4039 * 4040 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4041 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4042 * address is available. 4043 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4044 * 4045 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4046 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4047 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4048 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4049 * 4050 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4051 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4052 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4053 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4054 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4055 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4056 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4057 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4058 * 4059 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4060 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4061 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4062 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4063 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4064 * 4065 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4066 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4067 * 4068 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4069 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4070 * 4071 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4072 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4073 * 4074 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4075 * 4076 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4077 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4078 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4079 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4080 * 4081 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4082 * @del_station: Remove a station 4083 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4084 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4085 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4086 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4087 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4088 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4089 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4090 * 4091 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4092 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4093 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4094 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4095 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4096 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4097 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4098 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4099 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4100 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4101 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4102 * 4103 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4104 * 4105 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4106 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4107 * set, and which to leave alone. 4108 * 4109 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4110 * 4111 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4112 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4113 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4114 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4115 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4116 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4117 * 4118 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4119 * 4120 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4121 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4122 * join the mesh instead. 4123 * 4124 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4125 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4126 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4127 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4128 * 4129 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4130 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4131 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4132 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4133 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4134 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4135 * 4136 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4137 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4138 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4139 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4140 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4141 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4142 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4143 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4144 * 4145 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4146 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4147 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4148 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4149 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4150 * was received. 4151 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4152 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4153 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4154 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4155 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4156 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4157 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4158 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4159 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4160 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4161 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4162 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4163 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4164 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4165 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4166 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4167 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4168 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4169 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4170 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4171 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4172 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4173 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4174 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4175 * 4176 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4177 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4178 * to a merge. 4179 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4180 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4181 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4182 * 4183 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4184 * MESH mode) 4185 * 4186 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4187 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4188 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4189 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4190 * 4191 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4192 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4193 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4194 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4195 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4196 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4197 * return 0 if successful 4198 * 4199 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4200 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4201 * 4202 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4203 * 4204 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4205 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4206 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4207 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4208 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4209 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4210 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4211 * the duration value. 4212 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4213 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4214 * frame on another channel 4215 * 4216 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4217 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4218 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4219 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4220 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4221 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4222 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4223 * 4224 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4225 * 4226 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4227 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4228 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4229 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4230 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4231 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4232 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4233 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4234 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4235 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4236 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4237 * disabled.) 4238 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4239 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4240 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4241 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4242 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4243 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4244 * thresholds. 4245 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4246 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4247 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4248 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4249 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4250 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4251 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4252 * 4253 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4254 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4255 * 4256 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4257 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4258 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4259 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4260 * 4261 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4262 * 4263 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4264 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4265 * 4266 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4267 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4268 * 4269 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4270 * 4271 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4272 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4273 * current monitoring channel. 4274 * 4275 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4276 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4277 * 4278 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4279 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4280 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4281 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4282 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4283 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4284 * 4285 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4286 * 4287 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4288 * was finished on another phy. 4289 * 4290 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4291 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4292 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4293 * 4294 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4295 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4296 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4297 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4298 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4299 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4300 * 4301 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4302 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4303 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4304 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4305 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4306 * as soon as possible. 4307 * 4308 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4309 * 4310 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4311 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4312 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4313 * 4314 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4315 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4316 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4317 * account. 4318 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4319 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4320 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4321 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4322 * rejected) 4323 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4324 * 4325 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4326 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4327 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4328 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4329 * 4330 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4331 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4332 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4333 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4334 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4335 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4336 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4337 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4338 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4339 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4340 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4341 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4342 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4343 * provided @nan_func. 4344 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4345 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4346 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4347 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4348 * 4349 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4350 * 4351 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4352 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4353 * 4354 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4355 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4356 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4357 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4358 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4359 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4360 * 4361 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4362 * user space 4363 * 4364 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4365 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4366 * 4367 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4368 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4369 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4370 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4371 * 4372 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4373 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4374 * DH IE through this interface. 4375 * 4376 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4377 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4378 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4379 * This callback may sleep. 4380 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4381 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4382 * 4383 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4384 * 4385 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4386 * 4387 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4388 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4389 * Response frame. 4390 * 4391 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4392 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4393 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4394 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4395 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4396 * radar channel. 4397 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4398 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4399 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4400 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4401 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4402 * 4403 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4404 */ 4405 struct cfg80211_ops { 4406 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4407 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4408 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4409 4410 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4411 const char *name, 4412 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4413 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4414 struct vif_params *params); 4415 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4416 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4417 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4418 struct net_device *dev, 4419 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4420 struct vif_params *params); 4421 4422 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4423 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4424 unsigned int link_id); 4425 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4426 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4427 unsigned int link_id); 4428 4429 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4430 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4431 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4432 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4433 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4434 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4435 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4436 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4437 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4438 const u8 *mac_addr); 4439 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4440 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4441 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4442 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4443 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4444 u8 key_index); 4445 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4446 struct net_device *netdev, 4447 int link_id, 4448 u8 key_index); 4449 4450 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4451 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4452 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4453 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4454 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4455 unsigned int link_id); 4456 4457 4458 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4459 const u8 *mac, 4460 struct station_parameters *params); 4461 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4462 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4463 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4464 const u8 *mac, 4465 struct station_parameters *params); 4466 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4467 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4468 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4469 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4470 4471 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4472 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4473 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4474 const u8 *dst); 4475 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4476 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4477 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4478 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4479 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4480 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4481 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4482 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4483 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4484 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4485 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4486 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4487 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4488 struct net_device *dev, 4489 struct mesh_config *conf); 4490 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4491 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4492 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4493 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4494 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4495 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4496 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4497 4498 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4499 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4500 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4501 4502 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4503 struct bss_parameters *params); 4504 4505 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 4506 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 4507 4508 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4509 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4510 4511 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4512 struct net_device *dev, 4513 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4514 4515 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4516 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4517 4518 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4519 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4520 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4521 4522 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4523 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4524 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4525 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4526 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4527 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4528 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4529 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4530 4531 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4532 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4533 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4534 struct net_device *dev, 4535 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4536 u32 changed); 4537 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4538 u16 reason_code); 4539 4540 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4541 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4542 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4543 4544 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4545 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4546 4547 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4548 4549 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4550 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4551 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4552 int *dbm); 4553 4554 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4555 4556 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4557 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4558 void *data, int len); 4559 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4560 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4561 void *data, int len); 4562 #endif 4563 4564 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4565 struct net_device *dev, 4566 unsigned int link_id, 4567 const u8 *peer, 4568 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4569 4570 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4571 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4572 4573 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4574 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4575 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4576 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4577 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4578 4579 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4580 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4581 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4582 unsigned int duration, 4583 u64 *cookie); 4584 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4585 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4586 u64 cookie); 4587 4588 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4589 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4590 u64 *cookie); 4591 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4592 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4593 u64 cookie); 4594 4595 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4596 bool enabled, int timeout); 4597 4598 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4599 struct net_device *dev, 4600 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4601 4602 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4603 struct net_device *dev, 4604 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4605 4606 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4607 struct net_device *dev, 4608 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4609 4610 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4611 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4612 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4613 4614 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4615 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4616 4617 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4618 struct net_device *dev, 4619 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4620 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4621 u64 reqid); 4622 4623 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4624 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4625 4626 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4627 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 4628 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 4629 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 4630 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4631 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4632 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4633 4634 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4635 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4636 4637 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4638 struct net_device *dev, 4639 u16 noack_map); 4640 4641 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4642 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4643 unsigned int link_id, 4644 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4645 4646 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4647 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4648 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4649 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4650 4651 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4652 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4653 4654 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4655 struct net_device *dev, 4656 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4657 u32 cac_time_ms); 4658 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4659 struct net_device *dev); 4660 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4661 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4662 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4663 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4664 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4665 u16 duration); 4666 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4667 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4668 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4669 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4670 4671 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4672 struct net_device *dev, 4673 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4674 4675 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4676 struct net_device *dev, 4677 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4678 4679 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4680 unsigned int link_id, 4681 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4682 4683 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4684 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4685 u16 admitted_time); 4686 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4687 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4688 4689 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4690 struct net_device *dev, 4691 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4692 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4693 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4694 struct net_device *dev, 4695 const u8 *addr); 4696 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4697 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4698 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4699 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4700 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4701 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4702 u64 cookie); 4703 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4704 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4705 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4706 u32 changes); 4707 4708 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4709 struct net_device *dev, 4710 const bool enabled); 4711 4712 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4713 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4714 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4715 4716 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4717 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4718 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4719 const u8 *aa); 4720 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4721 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4722 4723 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4724 struct net_device *dev, 4725 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4726 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4727 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 4728 u64 *cookie); 4729 4730 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4731 struct net_device *dev, 4732 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4733 4734 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4735 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4736 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4737 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4738 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4739 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4740 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4741 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4742 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4743 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4744 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4745 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4746 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4747 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4748 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4749 struct net_device *dev, 4750 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4751 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4752 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4753 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4754 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4755 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4756 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4757 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4758 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4759 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4760 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 4761 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4762 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 4763 }; 4764 4765 /* 4766 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4767 * and registration/helper functions 4768 */ 4769 4770 /** 4771 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4772 * 4773 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4774 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4775 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4776 * wiphy at all 4777 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4778 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4779 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4780 * reason to override the default 4781 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4782 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4783 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4784 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4785 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4786 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4787 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4788 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4789 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4790 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4791 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4792 * firmware. 4793 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4794 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4795 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4796 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4797 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4798 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4799 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4800 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4801 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4802 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4803 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4804 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4805 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4806 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4807 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4808 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4809 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4810 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4811 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4812 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 4813 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 4814 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 4815 * should set this flag for now. 4816 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 4817 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 4818 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 4819 */ 4820 enum wiphy_flags { 4821 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4822 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 4823 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4824 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4825 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4826 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4827 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4828 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4829 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4830 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4831 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 4832 /* use hole at 12 */ 4833 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4834 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4835 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4836 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4837 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4838 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4839 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4840 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4841 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4842 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4843 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4844 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 4845 }; 4846 4847 /** 4848 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4849 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4850 * @types: interface types (bits) 4851 */ 4852 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4853 u16 max; 4854 u16 types; 4855 }; 4856 4857 /** 4858 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4859 * 4860 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4861 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4862 * 4863 * Examples: 4864 * 4865 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4866 * 4867 * .. code-block:: c 4868 * 4869 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4870 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4871 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 4872 * }; 4873 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4874 * .limits = limits1, 4875 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4876 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4877 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4878 * }; 4879 * 4880 * 4881 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4882 * 4883 * .. code-block:: c 4884 * 4885 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4886 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4887 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4888 * }; 4889 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4890 * .limits = limits2, 4891 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4892 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4893 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4894 * }; 4895 * 4896 * 4897 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4898 * 4899 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4900 * 4901 * .. code-block:: c 4902 * 4903 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4904 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4905 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4906 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4907 * }; 4908 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4909 * .limits = limits3, 4910 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4911 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4912 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4913 * }; 4914 * 4915 */ 4916 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4917 /** 4918 * @limits: 4919 * limits for the given interface types 4920 */ 4921 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4922 4923 /** 4924 * @num_different_channels: 4925 * can use up to this many different channels 4926 */ 4927 u32 num_different_channels; 4928 4929 /** 4930 * @max_interfaces: 4931 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4932 */ 4933 u16 max_interfaces; 4934 4935 /** 4936 * @n_limits: 4937 * number of limitations 4938 */ 4939 u8 n_limits; 4940 4941 /** 4942 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4943 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4944 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4945 */ 4946 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4947 4948 /** 4949 * @radar_detect_widths: 4950 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4951 */ 4952 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4953 4954 /** 4955 * @radar_detect_regions: 4956 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4957 */ 4958 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4959 4960 /** 4961 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4962 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4963 * 4964 * = 0 4965 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4966 * > 0 4967 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4968 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4969 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4970 */ 4971 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4972 }; 4973 4974 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4975 u16 tx, rx; 4976 }; 4977 4978 /** 4979 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4980 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4981 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4982 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4983 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4984 * packet should be preserved in that case 4985 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4986 * (see nl80211.h) 4987 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4988 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4989 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4990 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4991 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4992 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4993 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4994 */ 4995 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4996 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4997 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4998 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4999 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5000 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5001 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5002 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5003 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5004 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5005 }; 5006 5007 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5008 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5009 u32 data_payload_max; 5010 u32 data_interval_max; 5011 u32 wake_payload_max; 5012 bool seq; 5013 }; 5014 5015 /** 5016 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5017 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5018 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5019 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5020 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5021 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5022 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5023 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5024 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5025 * scheduled scans. 5026 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5027 * details. 5028 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5029 */ 5030 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5031 u32 flags; 5032 int n_patterns; 5033 int pattern_max_len; 5034 int pattern_min_len; 5035 int max_pkt_offset; 5036 int max_nd_match_sets; 5037 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5038 }; 5039 5040 /** 5041 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5042 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5043 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5044 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5045 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5046 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5047 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5048 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5049 */ 5050 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5051 int n_rules; 5052 int max_delay; 5053 int n_patterns; 5054 int pattern_max_len; 5055 int pattern_min_len; 5056 int max_pkt_offset; 5057 }; 5058 5059 /** 5060 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5061 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5062 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5063 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5064 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5065 */ 5066 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5067 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5068 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5069 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5070 }; 5071 5072 /** 5073 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5074 * 5075 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5076 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5077 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5078 * 5079 */ 5080 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5081 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5082 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5083 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5084 }; 5085 5086 /** 5087 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5088 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5089 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5090 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5091 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5092 */ 5093 5094 struct sta_opmode_info { 5095 u32 changed; 5096 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5097 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5098 u8 rx_nss; 5099 }; 5100 5101 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5102 5103 /** 5104 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5105 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5106 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5107 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5108 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5109 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5110 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5111 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5112 * dumpit calls. 5113 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5114 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5115 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5116 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5117 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5118 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5119 * are used with dump requests. 5120 */ 5121 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5122 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5123 u32 flags; 5124 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5125 const void *data, int data_len); 5126 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5127 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5128 unsigned long *storage); 5129 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5130 unsigned int maxattr; 5131 }; 5132 5133 /** 5134 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5135 * @iftype: interface type 5136 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5137 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5138 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5139 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5140 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5141 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5142 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5143 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5144 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5145 */ 5146 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5147 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5148 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5149 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5150 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5151 u16 eml_capabilities; 5152 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5153 }; 5154 5155 /** 5156 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5157 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5158 * @type: the interface type to look up 5159 */ 5160 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5161 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5162 5163 /** 5164 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5165 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5166 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5167 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5168 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5169 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5170 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5171 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5172 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5173 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5174 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5175 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5176 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5177 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5178 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5179 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5180 * not limited) 5181 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5182 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5183 */ 5184 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5185 unsigned int max_peers; 5186 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5187 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5188 5189 struct { 5190 u32 preambles; 5191 u32 bandwidths; 5192 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5193 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5194 u8 supported:1, 5195 asap:1, 5196 non_asap:1, 5197 request_lci:1, 5198 request_civicloc:1, 5199 trigger_based:1, 5200 non_trigger_based:1; 5201 } ftm; 5202 }; 5203 5204 /** 5205 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5206 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5207 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5208 * 5209 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5210 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5211 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5212 */ 5213 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5214 u16 iftypes_mask; 5215 const u32 *akm_suites; 5216 int n_akm_suites; 5217 }; 5218 5219 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5220 5221 /** 5222 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5223 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5224 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5225 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5226 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5227 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5228 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5229 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5230 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5231 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5232 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5233 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5234 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5235 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5236 * iftype_akm_suites. 5237 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5238 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5239 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5240 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5241 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5242 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5243 * suites are specified separately. 5244 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5245 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5246 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5247 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5248 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5249 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5250 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5251 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5252 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5253 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5254 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5255 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5256 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5257 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5258 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5259 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5260 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5261 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5262 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5263 * unregister hardware 5264 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5265 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5266 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5267 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5268 * (see below). 5269 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5270 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5271 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5272 * must be set by driver 5273 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5274 * list single interface types. 5275 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5276 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5277 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5278 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5279 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5280 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5281 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5282 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5283 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5284 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5285 * this variable determines its size 5286 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5287 * any given scan 5288 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5289 * the device can run concurrently. 5290 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5291 * for in any given scheduled scan 5292 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5293 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5294 * supported. 5295 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5296 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5297 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5298 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5299 * scans 5300 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5301 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5302 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5303 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5304 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5305 * scan plan supported by the device. 5306 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5307 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5308 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5309 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5310 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5311 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5312 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5313 * 5314 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5315 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5316 * type 5317 * 5318 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5319 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5320 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5321 * 5322 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5323 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5324 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5325 * 5326 * @probe_resp_offload: 5327 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5328 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5329 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5330 * 5331 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5332 * may request, if implemented. 5333 * 5334 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5335 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5336 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5337 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5338 * 5339 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5340 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5341 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5342 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5343 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5344 * 5345 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5346 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5347 * 5348 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5349 * supports for ACL. 5350 * 5351 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5352 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5353 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5354 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5355 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5356 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5357 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5358 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5359 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5360 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5361 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5362 * capabilities are specified separately. 5363 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5364 * 5365 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5366 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5367 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5368 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5369 * 5370 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5371 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5372 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5373 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5374 * 5375 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5376 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5377 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5378 * infinite. 5379 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5380 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5381 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5382 * 5383 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5384 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5385 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5386 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5387 * 5388 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5389 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5390 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5391 * 5392 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5393 * wake_tx_queue 5394 * 5395 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5396 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5397 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5398 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5399 * 5400 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5401 * 5402 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5403 * device has 5404 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5405 * supported by the driver for each vif 5406 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5407 * supported by the driver for each peer 5408 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5409 * long/short retry configuration 5410 * 5411 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5412 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5413 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5414 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5415 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5416 * 5417 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5418 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5419 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5420 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5421 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5422 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5423 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5424 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5425 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5426 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5427 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5428 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5429 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5430 * 5431 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5432 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5433 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5434 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5435 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5436 * specify a mac address). 5437 */ 5438 struct wiphy { 5439 struct mutex mtx; 5440 5441 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5442 5443 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5444 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5445 5446 struct mac_address *addresses; 5447 5448 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5449 5450 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5451 int n_iface_combinations; 5452 u16 software_iftypes; 5453 5454 u16 n_addresses; 5455 5456 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5457 u16 interface_modes; 5458 5459 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5460 5461 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5462 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5463 5464 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5465 5466 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5467 5468 int bss_priv_size; 5469 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5470 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5471 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5472 u8 max_match_sets; 5473 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5474 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5475 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5476 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5477 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5478 5479 int n_cipher_suites; 5480 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5481 5482 int n_akm_suites; 5483 const u32 *akm_suites; 5484 5485 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5486 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5487 5488 u8 retry_short; 5489 u8 retry_long; 5490 u32 frag_threshold; 5491 u32 rts_threshold; 5492 u8 coverage_class; 5493 5494 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5495 u32 hw_version; 5496 5497 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5498 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5499 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5500 #endif 5501 5502 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5503 5504 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5505 5506 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5507 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5508 5509 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5510 5511 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5512 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5513 5514 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5515 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5516 5517 const void *privid; 5518 5519 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5520 5521 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5522 struct regulatory_request *request); 5523 5524 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5525 5526 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5527 5528 struct device dev; 5529 5530 bool registered; 5531 5532 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5533 5534 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5535 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5536 5537 struct list_head wdev_list; 5538 5539 possible_net_t _net; 5540 5541 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5542 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5543 #endif 5544 5545 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5546 5547 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5548 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5549 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5550 5551 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5552 5553 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5554 5555 u32 bss_select_support; 5556 5557 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5558 5559 u32 txq_limit; 5560 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5561 u32 txq_quantum; 5562 5563 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5564 5565 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5566 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5567 5568 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5569 5570 struct { 5571 u64 peer, vif; 5572 u8 max_retry; 5573 } tid_config_support; 5574 5575 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5576 5577 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5578 5579 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5580 5581 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5582 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5583 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5584 5585 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 5586 5587 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5588 }; 5589 5590 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5591 { 5592 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5593 } 5594 5595 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5596 { 5597 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5598 } 5599 5600 /** 5601 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5602 * 5603 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5604 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5605 */ 5606 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5607 { 5608 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5609 return &wiphy->priv; 5610 } 5611 5612 /** 5613 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5614 * 5615 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5616 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5617 */ 5618 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5619 { 5620 BUG_ON(!priv); 5621 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5622 } 5623 5624 /** 5625 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5626 * 5627 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5628 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5629 */ 5630 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5631 { 5632 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5633 } 5634 5635 /** 5636 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5637 * 5638 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5639 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5640 */ 5641 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5642 { 5643 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5644 } 5645 5646 /** 5647 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5648 * 5649 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5650 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5651 */ 5652 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5653 { 5654 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5655 } 5656 5657 /** 5658 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5659 * 5660 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5661 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5662 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5663 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5664 * 5665 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5666 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5667 * 5668 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5669 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5670 */ 5671 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5672 const char *requested_name); 5673 5674 /** 5675 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5676 * 5677 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5678 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5679 * 5680 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5681 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5682 * 5683 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5684 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5685 */ 5686 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5687 int sizeof_priv) 5688 { 5689 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5690 } 5691 5692 /** 5693 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5694 * 5695 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5696 * 5697 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5698 */ 5699 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5700 5701 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5702 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5703 5704 /** 5705 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5706 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5707 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5708 * 5709 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5710 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5711 */ 5712 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5713 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5714 5715 /** 5716 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5717 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5718 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5719 * 5720 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5721 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5722 */ 5723 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5724 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5725 5726 /** 5727 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5728 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5729 */ 5730 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5731 5732 /** 5733 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5734 * 5735 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5736 * 5737 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5738 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5739 * request that is being handled. 5740 */ 5741 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5742 5743 /** 5744 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5745 * 5746 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5747 */ 5748 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5749 5750 /* internal structs */ 5751 struct cfg80211_conn; 5752 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5753 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5754 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5755 5756 /** 5757 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5758 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5759 * 5760 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 5761 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 5762 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 5763 * differentiate which way it's called. 5764 * 5765 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 5766 * 5767 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5768 * 5769 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 5770 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 5771 */ 5772 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5773 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5774 { 5775 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5776 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5777 } 5778 5779 /** 5780 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5781 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5782 */ 5783 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5784 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5785 { 5786 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5787 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5788 } 5789 5790 struct wiphy_work; 5791 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 5792 5793 struct wiphy_work { 5794 struct list_head entry; 5795 wiphy_work_func_t func; 5796 }; 5797 5798 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 5799 wiphy_work_func_t func) 5800 { 5801 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 5802 work->func = func; 5803 } 5804 5805 /** 5806 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 5807 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 5808 * @work: the work item 5809 * 5810 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 5811 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 5812 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 5813 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 5814 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 5815 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 5816 */ 5817 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 5818 5819 /** 5820 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 5821 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 5822 * @work: the work to cancel 5823 * 5824 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 5825 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 5826 */ 5827 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 5828 5829 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 5830 struct wiphy_work work; 5831 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5832 struct timer_list timer; 5833 }; 5834 5835 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 5836 5837 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 5838 wiphy_work_func_t func) 5839 { 5840 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 5841 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 5842 } 5843 5844 /** 5845 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 5846 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 5847 * @dwork: the delayable worker 5848 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 5849 * 5850 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 5851 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 5852 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 5853 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 5854 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 5855 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 5856 */ 5857 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5858 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 5859 unsigned long delay); 5860 5861 /** 5862 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 5863 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 5864 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 5865 * 5866 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 5867 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 5868 */ 5869 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5870 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 5871 5872 /** 5873 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5874 * 5875 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5876 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5877 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5878 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5879 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5880 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5881 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5882 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5883 * 5884 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5885 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5886 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5887 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5888 * 5889 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5890 * @iftype: interface type 5891 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5892 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5893 * for the notifier 5894 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5895 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5896 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5897 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5898 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 5899 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 5900 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5901 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5902 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5903 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5904 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5905 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5906 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5907 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5908 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5909 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5910 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5911 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5912 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5913 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5914 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5915 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5916 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5917 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5918 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5919 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5920 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5921 * and some API functions require it held 5922 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5923 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5924 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5925 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5926 * the P2P Device. 5927 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5928 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5929 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5930 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5931 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5932 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5933 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5934 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5935 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5936 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5937 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5938 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5939 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5940 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5941 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5942 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5943 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5944 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5945 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5946 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5947 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5948 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5949 * unprotected beacon report 5950 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 5951 * @ap and @client for each link 5952 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 5953 */ 5954 struct wireless_dev { 5955 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5956 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5957 5958 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5959 struct list_head list; 5960 struct net_device *netdev; 5961 5962 u32 identifier; 5963 5964 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5965 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5966 5967 struct mutex mtx; 5968 5969 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5970 5971 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5972 5973 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5974 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5975 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5976 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5977 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5978 5979 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5980 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5981 5982 struct list_head event_list; 5983 spinlock_t event_lock; 5984 5985 u8 connected:1; 5986 5987 bool ps; 5988 int ps_timeout; 5989 5990 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5991 5992 u32 owner_nlportid; 5993 bool nl_owner_dead; 5994 5995 /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ 5996 bool cac_started; 5997 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5998 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5999 6000 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6001 /* wext data */ 6002 struct { 6003 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 6004 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 6005 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 6006 const u8 *ie; 6007 size_t ie_len; 6008 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6009 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6010 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6011 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 6012 bool prev_bssid_valid; 6013 } wext; 6014 #endif 6015 6016 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 6017 6018 struct list_head pmsr_list; 6019 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 6020 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 6021 6022 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 6023 6024 union { 6025 struct { 6026 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6027 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6028 u8 ssid_len; 6029 } client; 6030 struct { 6031 int beacon_interval; 6032 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6033 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6034 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6035 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 6036 } mesh; 6037 struct { 6038 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6039 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6040 u8 ssid_len; 6041 } ap; 6042 struct { 6043 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6044 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6045 int beacon_interval; 6046 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6047 u8 ssid_len; 6048 } ibss; 6049 struct { 6050 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6051 } ocb; 6052 } u; 6053 6054 struct { 6055 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6056 union { 6057 struct { 6058 unsigned int beacon_interval; 6059 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6060 } ap; 6061 struct { 6062 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6063 } client; 6064 }; 6065 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6066 u16 valid_links; 6067 }; 6068 6069 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6070 { 6071 if (wdev->netdev) 6072 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 6073 return wdev->address; 6074 } 6075 6076 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6077 { 6078 if (wdev->netdev) 6079 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 6080 return wdev->is_running; 6081 } 6082 6083 /** 6084 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 6085 * 6086 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 6087 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 6088 */ 6089 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6090 { 6091 BUG_ON(!wdev); 6092 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 6093 } 6094 6095 /** 6096 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 6097 * @wdev: the wdev 6098 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 6099 * 6100 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 6101 */ 6102 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6103 unsigned int link_id); 6104 6105 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6106 unsigned int link_id) 6107 { 6108 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 6109 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 6110 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 6111 } 6112 6113 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 6114 for (link_id = 0; \ 6115 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 6116 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 6117 link_id++) \ 6118 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 6119 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6120 6121 /** 6122 * DOC: Utility functions 6123 * 6124 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6125 */ 6126 6127 /** 6128 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6129 * 6130 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6131 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6132 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6133 */ 6134 static inline bool 6135 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6136 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6137 { 6138 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6139 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6140 } 6141 6142 /** 6143 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6144 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6145 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6146 */ 6147 static inline u32 6148 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6149 { 6150 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6151 } 6152 6153 /** 6154 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 6155 * 6156 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 6157 * @chan: channel 6158 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 6159 */ 6160 enum nl80211_chan_width 6161 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6162 6163 /** 6164 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6165 * @chan: channel number 6166 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6167 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6168 */ 6169 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6170 6171 /** 6172 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6173 * @chan: channel number 6174 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6175 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6176 */ 6177 static inline int 6178 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6179 { 6180 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6181 } 6182 6183 /** 6184 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6185 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6186 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6187 */ 6188 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6189 6190 /** 6191 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6192 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6193 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6194 */ 6195 static inline int 6196 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6197 { 6198 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6199 } 6200 6201 /** 6202 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6203 * frequency 6204 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6205 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6206 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6207 */ 6208 struct ieee80211_channel * 6209 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6210 6211 /** 6212 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6213 * 6214 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6215 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6216 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6217 */ 6218 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6219 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6220 { 6221 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6222 } 6223 6224 /** 6225 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6226 * @chan: control channel to check 6227 * 6228 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6229 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6230 */ 6231 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6232 { 6233 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6234 return false; 6235 6236 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6237 } 6238 6239 /** 6240 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6241 * 6242 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6243 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6244 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6245 * 6246 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6247 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6248 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6249 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6250 */ 6251 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6252 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6253 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6254 6255 /** 6256 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6257 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6258 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 6259 * 6260 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 6261 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6262 */ 6263 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6264 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 6265 6266 /* 6267 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6268 * 6269 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6270 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6271 */ 6272 6273 struct radiotap_align_size { 6274 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6275 }; 6276 6277 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6278 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6279 int n_bits; 6280 uint32_t oui; 6281 uint8_t subns; 6282 }; 6283 6284 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6285 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6286 int n_ns; 6287 }; 6288 6289 /** 6290 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6291 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6292 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6293 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6294 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6295 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6296 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6297 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6298 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6299 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6300 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6301 * radiotap namespace or not 6302 * 6303 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6304 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6305 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6306 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6307 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6308 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6309 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6310 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6311 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6312 * next bitmap word 6313 * 6314 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6315 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6316 */ 6317 6318 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6319 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6320 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6321 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6322 6323 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6324 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6325 6326 unsigned char *this_arg; 6327 int this_arg_index; 6328 int this_arg_size; 6329 6330 int is_radiotap_ns; 6331 6332 int _max_length; 6333 int _arg_index; 6334 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6335 int _reset_on_ext; 6336 }; 6337 6338 int 6339 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6340 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6341 int max_length, 6342 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6343 6344 int 6345 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6346 6347 6348 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6349 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6350 6351 /** 6352 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6353 * 6354 * @skb: the frame 6355 * 6356 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6357 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6358 * 6359 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6360 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6361 * 802.11 header. 6362 */ 6363 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6364 6365 /** 6366 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6367 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6368 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6369 */ 6370 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6371 6372 /** 6373 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6374 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6375 * (first byte) will be accessed 6376 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6377 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6378 */ 6379 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6380 6381 /** 6382 * DOC: Data path helpers 6383 * 6384 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6385 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6386 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6387 */ 6388 6389 /** 6390 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6391 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6392 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6393 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6394 * @addr: the device MAC address 6395 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6396 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6397 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6398 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6399 */ 6400 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6401 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6402 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6403 6404 /** 6405 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6406 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6407 * @addr: the device MAC address 6408 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6409 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6410 */ 6411 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6412 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6413 { 6414 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6415 } 6416 6417 /** 6418 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6419 * 6420 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6421 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6422 * mesh control field. 6423 * 6424 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6425 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 6426 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 6427 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6428 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6429 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6430 */ 6431 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 6432 6433 /** 6434 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6435 * 6436 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6437 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6438 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6439 * 6440 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6441 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6442 * initialized by the caller. 6443 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6444 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6445 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6446 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6447 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6448 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 6449 */ 6450 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6451 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6452 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6453 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6454 u8 mesh_control); 6455 6456 /** 6457 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6458 * 6459 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6460 * protocol. 6461 * 6462 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6463 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6464 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6465 */ 6466 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6467 6468 /** 6469 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6470 * 6471 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6472 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 6473 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 6474 * 6475 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 6476 */ 6477 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 6478 6479 /** 6480 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6481 * @skb: the data frame 6482 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6483 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6484 */ 6485 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6486 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6487 6488 /** 6489 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6490 * 6491 * @eid: element ID 6492 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6493 * @len: length of data 6494 * @match: byte array to match 6495 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6496 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6497 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6498 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6499 * the data portion instead. 6500 * 6501 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6502 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6503 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6504 * requested element struct. 6505 * 6506 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6507 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6508 * byte array to match. 6509 */ 6510 const struct element * 6511 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6512 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6513 unsigned int match_offset); 6514 6515 /** 6516 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6517 * 6518 * @eid: element ID 6519 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6520 * @len: length of data 6521 * @match: byte array to match 6522 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6523 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6524 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6525 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6526 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6527 * the second byte is the IE length. 6528 * 6529 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6530 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6531 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6532 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6533 * element ID. 6534 * 6535 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6536 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6537 * byte array to match. 6538 */ 6539 static inline const u8 * 6540 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6541 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6542 unsigned int match_offset) 6543 { 6544 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6545 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6546 */ 6547 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6548 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6549 return NULL; 6550 6551 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6552 match, match_len, 6553 match_offset ? 6554 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6555 } 6556 6557 /** 6558 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6559 * 6560 * @eid: element ID 6561 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6562 * @len: length of data 6563 * 6564 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6565 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6566 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6567 * requested element struct. 6568 * 6569 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6570 * having to fit into the given data. 6571 */ 6572 static inline const struct element * 6573 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6574 { 6575 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6576 } 6577 6578 /** 6579 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6580 * 6581 * @eid: element ID 6582 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6583 * @len: length of data 6584 * 6585 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6586 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6587 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6588 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6589 * 6590 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6591 * having to fit into the given data. 6592 */ 6593 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6594 { 6595 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6596 } 6597 6598 /** 6599 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6600 * 6601 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6602 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6603 * @len: length of data 6604 * 6605 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6606 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6607 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6608 * requested element struct. 6609 * 6610 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6611 * having to fit into the given data. 6612 */ 6613 static inline const struct element * 6614 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6615 { 6616 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6617 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6618 } 6619 6620 /** 6621 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6622 * 6623 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6624 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6625 * @len: length of data 6626 * 6627 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6628 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6629 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6630 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6631 * 6632 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6633 * having to fit into the given data. 6634 */ 6635 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6636 { 6637 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6638 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6639 } 6640 6641 /** 6642 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6643 * 6644 * @oui: vendor OUI 6645 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6646 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6647 * @len: length of data 6648 * 6649 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6650 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6651 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6652 * 6653 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6654 * the given data. 6655 */ 6656 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6657 const u8 *ies, 6658 unsigned int len); 6659 6660 /** 6661 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6662 * 6663 * @oui: vendor OUI 6664 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6665 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6666 * @len: length of data 6667 * 6668 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6669 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6670 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6671 * element ID. 6672 * 6673 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6674 * the given data. 6675 */ 6676 static inline const u8 * 6677 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6678 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6679 { 6680 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6681 } 6682 6683 /** 6684 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 6685 * 6686 * @elem: the element to defragment 6687 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 6688 * @ieslen: length of @ies 6689 * @data: buffer to store element data 6690 * @data_len: length of @data 6691 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 6692 * 6693 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 6694 * 6695 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 6696 * skipping all headers. 6697 * 6698 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 6699 * element in-place. 6700 */ 6701 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 6702 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 6703 u8 frag_id); 6704 6705 /** 6706 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6707 * 6708 * @dev: network device 6709 * @addr: STA MAC address 6710 * 6711 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6712 * devices upon STA association. 6713 */ 6714 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6715 6716 /** 6717 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6718 * 6719 * TODO 6720 */ 6721 6722 /** 6723 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6724 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6725 * conflicts) 6726 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6727 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6728 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6729 * alpha2. 6730 * 6731 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6732 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6733 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6734 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6735 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6736 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6737 * 6738 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6739 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6740 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6741 * 6742 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6743 * an -ENOMEM. 6744 * 6745 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6746 */ 6747 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6748 6749 /** 6750 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6751 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6752 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6753 * 6754 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6755 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6756 * information. 6757 * 6758 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6759 */ 6760 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6761 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6762 6763 /** 6764 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6765 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6766 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6767 * 6768 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6769 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6770 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6771 * 6772 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6773 */ 6774 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6775 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6776 6777 /** 6778 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6779 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6780 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6781 * 6782 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6783 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6784 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6785 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6786 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6787 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6788 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6789 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6790 * that called this helper. 6791 */ 6792 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6793 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6794 6795 /** 6796 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6797 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6798 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6799 * 6800 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6801 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6802 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6803 * and processed already. 6804 * 6805 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6806 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6807 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6808 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6809 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6810 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6811 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6812 */ 6813 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6814 u32 center_freq); 6815 6816 /** 6817 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6818 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6819 * 6820 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6821 * proper string representation. 6822 */ 6823 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6824 6825 /** 6826 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6827 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6828 * 6829 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6830 */ 6831 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6832 6833 /** 6834 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6835 * 6836 */ 6837 6838 /** 6839 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6840 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6841 * 6842 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6843 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6844 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6845 * 6846 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6847 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6848 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6849 * 6850 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6851 * an -ENODATA. 6852 * 6853 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6854 */ 6855 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6856 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6857 6858 /* 6859 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6860 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6861 */ 6862 6863 /** 6864 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6865 * 6866 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6867 * @info: information about the completed scan 6868 */ 6869 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6870 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6871 6872 /** 6873 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6874 * 6875 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6876 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6877 */ 6878 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6879 6880 /** 6881 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6882 * 6883 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6884 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6885 * 6886 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6887 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6888 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6889 */ 6890 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6891 6892 /** 6893 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6894 * 6895 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6896 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6897 * 6898 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6899 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6900 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6901 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6902 */ 6903 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6904 6905 /** 6906 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6907 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6908 * @data: the BSS metadata 6909 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6910 * @len: length of the management frame 6911 * @gfp: context flags 6912 * 6913 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6914 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6915 * 6916 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6917 * Or %NULL on error. 6918 */ 6919 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6920 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6921 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6922 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6923 gfp_t gfp); 6924 6925 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6926 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6927 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6928 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6929 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6930 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6931 { 6932 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6933 .chan = rx_channel, 6934 .scan_width = scan_width, 6935 .signal = signal, 6936 }; 6937 6938 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6939 } 6940 6941 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6942 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6943 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6944 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6945 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6946 { 6947 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6948 .chan = rx_channel, 6949 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6950 .signal = signal, 6951 }; 6952 6953 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6954 } 6955 6956 /** 6957 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6958 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6959 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6960 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6961 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6962 */ 6963 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6964 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6965 { 6966 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6967 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6968 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6969 6970 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6971 6972 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6973 6974 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6975 } 6976 6977 /** 6978 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6979 * @element: element to check 6980 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6981 */ 6982 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6983 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6984 6985 /** 6986 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6987 * @ie: ies 6988 * @ielen: length of IEs 6989 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6990 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6991 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6992 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6993 */ 6994 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6995 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6996 const struct element *sub_elem, 6997 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6998 6999 /** 7000 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 7001 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 7002 * from a beacon or probe response 7003 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 7004 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 7005 */ 7006 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 7007 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 7008 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 7009 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 7010 }; 7011 7012 /** 7013 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 7014 * @ie: IEs 7015 * @ielen: length of IEs 7016 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 7017 * 7018 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 7019 */ 7020 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7021 enum nl80211_band band); 7022 7023 /** 7024 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 7025 * 7026 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7027 * @data: the BSS metadata 7028 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 7029 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 7030 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 7031 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 7032 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 7033 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 7034 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 7035 * @gfp: context flags 7036 * 7037 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7038 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7039 * 7040 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7041 * Or %NULL on error. 7042 */ 7043 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7044 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7045 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7046 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7047 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7048 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7049 gfp_t gfp); 7050 7051 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7052 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7053 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7054 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 7055 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7056 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7057 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7058 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7059 { 7060 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7061 .chan = rx_channel, 7062 .scan_width = scan_width, 7063 .signal = signal, 7064 }; 7065 7066 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7067 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7068 gfp); 7069 } 7070 7071 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7072 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7073 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7074 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7075 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7076 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7077 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7078 { 7079 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7080 .chan = rx_channel, 7081 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 7082 .signal = signal, 7083 }; 7084 7085 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7086 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7087 gfp); 7088 } 7089 7090 /** 7091 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7092 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7093 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7094 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7095 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7096 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7097 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7098 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7099 */ 7100 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7101 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7102 const u8 *bssid, 7103 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7104 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7105 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 7106 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7107 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7108 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7109 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 7110 { 7111 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 7112 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 7113 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 7114 } 7115 7116 /** 7117 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 7118 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7119 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 7120 * 7121 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7122 */ 7123 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7124 7125 /** 7126 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 7127 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7128 * @bss: the BSS struct 7129 * 7130 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7131 */ 7132 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7133 7134 /** 7135 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 7136 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7137 * @bss: the bss to remove 7138 * 7139 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 7140 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 7141 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7142 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7143 */ 7144 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7145 7146 /** 7147 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7148 * 7149 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7150 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7151 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7152 * 7153 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7154 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7155 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7156 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7157 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7158 */ 7159 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7160 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7161 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7162 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7163 void *data), 7164 void *iter_data); 7165 7166 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 7167 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 7168 { 7169 switch (chandef->width) { 7170 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 7171 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 7172 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 7173 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 7174 default: 7175 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 7176 } 7177 } 7178 7179 /** 7180 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7181 * @dev: network device 7182 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7183 * @len: length of the frame data 7184 * 7185 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7186 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7187 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7188 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7189 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7190 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7191 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7192 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7193 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7194 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7195 * 7196 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7197 */ 7198 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7199 7200 /** 7201 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7202 * @dev: network device 7203 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7204 * 7205 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7206 * mutex. 7207 */ 7208 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7209 7210 /** 7211 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - association response data 7212 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 7213 * moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7214 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7215 * @len: length of the frame data 7216 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7217 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7218 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7219 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7220 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7221 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7222 * non-MLO connections 7223 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7224 * were rejected by the AP. 7225 */ 7226 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp { 7227 const u8 *buf; 7228 size_t len; 7229 const u8 *req_ies; 7230 size_t req_ies_len; 7231 int uapsd_queues; 7232 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7233 struct { 7234 const u8 *addr; 7235 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7236 u16 status; 7237 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7238 }; 7239 7240 /** 7241 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7242 * @dev: network device 7243 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp 7244 * 7245 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7246 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7247 * 7248 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7249 */ 7250 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7251 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp *data); 7252 7253 /** 7254 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7255 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7256 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7257 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7258 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7259 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7260 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7261 */ 7262 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7263 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7264 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7265 bool timeout; 7266 }; 7267 7268 /** 7269 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7270 * @dev: network device 7271 * @data: data describing the association failure 7272 * 7273 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7274 */ 7275 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7276 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7277 7278 /** 7279 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7280 * @dev: network device 7281 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7282 * @len: length of the frame data 7283 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7284 * 7285 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7286 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7287 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7288 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7289 */ 7290 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7291 bool reconnect); 7292 7293 /** 7294 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7295 * @dev: network device 7296 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7297 * @len: length of the frame data 7298 * 7299 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7300 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7301 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7302 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7303 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7304 * 7305 * This function may sleep. 7306 */ 7307 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7308 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7309 7310 /** 7311 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7312 * @dev: network device 7313 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7314 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7315 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7316 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7317 * @gfp: allocation flags 7318 * 7319 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7320 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7321 * primitive. 7322 */ 7323 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7324 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7325 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7326 7327 /** 7328 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7329 * 7330 * @dev: network device 7331 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7332 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7333 * @gfp: allocation flags 7334 * 7335 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7336 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7337 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7338 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7339 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7340 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7341 */ 7342 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7343 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7344 7345 /** 7346 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7347 * candidate 7348 * 7349 * @dev: network device 7350 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7351 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7352 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7353 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7354 * @gfp: allocation flags 7355 * 7356 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7357 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7358 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7359 */ 7360 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7361 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7362 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7363 7364 /** 7365 * DOC: RFkill integration 7366 * 7367 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7368 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7369 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7370 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 7371 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7372 * 7373 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7374 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7375 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7376 */ 7377 7378 /** 7379 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7380 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7381 * @blocked: block status 7382 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7383 */ 7384 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7385 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7386 7387 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7388 { 7389 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7390 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7391 } 7392 7393 /** 7394 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7395 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7396 */ 7397 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7398 7399 /** 7400 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7401 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7402 */ 7403 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7404 { 7405 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7406 } 7407 7408 /** 7409 * DOC: Vendor commands 7410 * 7411 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7412 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7413 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7414 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7415 * the configuration mechanism. 7416 * 7417 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7418 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 7419 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7420 * 7421 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7422 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7423 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7424 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7425 * managers etc. need. 7426 */ 7427 7428 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7429 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7430 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7431 int approxlen); 7432 7433 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7434 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7435 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7436 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7437 unsigned int portid, 7438 int vendor_event_idx, 7439 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7440 7441 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7442 7443 /** 7444 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7445 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7446 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7447 * be put into the skb 7448 * 7449 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7450 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7451 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7452 * 7453 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7454 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7455 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7456 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7457 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7458 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 7459 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 7460 * 7461 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7462 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7463 * 7464 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7465 */ 7466 static inline struct sk_buff * 7467 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7468 { 7469 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7470 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7471 } 7472 7473 /** 7474 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7475 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7476 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7477 * 7478 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7479 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7480 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7481 * skb regardless of the return value. 7482 * 7483 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7484 */ 7485 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7486 7487 /** 7488 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7489 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7490 * 7491 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7492 * Valid to call only there. 7493 */ 7494 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7495 7496 /** 7497 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7498 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7499 * @wdev: the wireless device 7500 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7501 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7502 * be put into the skb 7503 * @gfp: allocation flags 7504 * 7505 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7506 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7507 * 7508 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7509 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7510 * attribute. 7511 * 7512 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7513 * skb to send the event. 7514 * 7515 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7516 */ 7517 static inline struct sk_buff * 7518 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7519 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7520 { 7521 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7522 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7523 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7524 } 7525 7526 /** 7527 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7528 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7529 * @wdev: the wireless device 7530 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7531 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7532 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7533 * be put into the skb 7534 * @gfp: allocation flags 7535 * 7536 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7537 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7538 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7539 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7540 * 7541 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7542 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7543 * attribute. 7544 * 7545 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7546 * skb to send the event. 7547 * 7548 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7549 */ 7550 static inline struct sk_buff * 7551 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7552 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7553 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7554 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7555 { 7556 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7557 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7558 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7559 } 7560 7561 /** 7562 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7563 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7564 * @gfp: allocation flags 7565 * 7566 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7567 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7568 */ 7569 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7570 { 7571 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7572 } 7573 7574 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7575 /** 7576 * DOC: Test mode 7577 * 7578 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7579 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7580 * factory programming. 7581 * 7582 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7583 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7584 */ 7585 7586 /** 7587 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7588 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7589 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7590 * be put into the skb 7591 * 7592 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7593 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7594 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7595 * 7596 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7597 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7598 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7599 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7600 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7601 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7602 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7603 * 7604 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7605 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7606 * 7607 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7608 */ 7609 static inline struct sk_buff * 7610 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7611 { 7612 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7613 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7614 } 7615 7616 /** 7617 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7618 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7619 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7620 * 7621 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7622 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7623 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7624 * regardless of the return value. 7625 * 7626 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7627 */ 7628 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7629 { 7630 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7631 } 7632 7633 /** 7634 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7635 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7636 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7637 * be put into the skb 7638 * @gfp: allocation flags 7639 * 7640 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7641 * testmode multicast group. 7642 * 7643 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7644 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7645 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7646 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7647 * in any other way. 7648 * 7649 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7650 * skb to send the event. 7651 * 7652 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7653 */ 7654 static inline struct sk_buff * 7655 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7656 { 7657 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7658 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7659 approxlen, gfp); 7660 } 7661 7662 /** 7663 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7664 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7665 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7666 * @gfp: allocation flags 7667 * 7668 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7669 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7670 * consumes it. 7671 */ 7672 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7673 { 7674 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7675 } 7676 7677 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7678 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7679 #else 7680 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7681 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7682 #endif 7683 7684 /** 7685 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7686 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7687 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7688 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7689 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7690 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7691 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7692 * status for a FILS connection. 7693 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7694 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7695 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7696 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7697 */ 7698 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7699 const u8 *kek; 7700 size_t kek_len; 7701 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7702 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7703 const u8 *pmk; 7704 size_t pmk_len; 7705 const u8 *pmkid; 7706 }; 7707 7708 /** 7709 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7710 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7711 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7712 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7713 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7714 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7715 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7716 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7717 * case. 7718 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7719 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7720 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7721 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7722 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7723 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7724 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7725 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7726 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7727 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7728 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7729 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 7730 * zero. 7731 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7732 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 7733 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 7734 * connected AP info. 7735 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 7736 * %NULL. 7737 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 7738 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 7739 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 7740 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 7741 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 7742 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 7743 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 7744 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 7745 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 7746 * to be specified. 7747 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 7748 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 7749 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 7750 */ 7751 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7752 int status; 7753 const u8 *req_ie; 7754 size_t req_ie_len; 7755 const u8 *resp_ie; 7756 size_t resp_ie_len; 7757 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7758 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7759 7760 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7761 u16 valid_links; 7762 struct { 7763 const u8 *addr; 7764 const u8 *bssid; 7765 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7766 u16 status; 7767 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7768 }; 7769 7770 /** 7771 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7772 * 7773 * @dev: network device 7774 * @params: connection response parameters 7775 * @gfp: allocation flags 7776 * 7777 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7778 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7779 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7780 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7781 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7782 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7783 */ 7784 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7785 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7786 gfp_t gfp); 7787 7788 /** 7789 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7790 * 7791 * @dev: network device 7792 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7793 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7794 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7795 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7796 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7797 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7798 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7799 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7800 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7801 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7802 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7803 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7804 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7805 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7806 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7807 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7808 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7809 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7810 * case. 7811 * @gfp: allocation flags 7812 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7813 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7814 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7815 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7816 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7817 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7818 * 7819 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7820 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7821 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7822 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7823 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7824 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7825 */ 7826 static inline void 7827 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7828 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7829 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7830 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7831 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7832 { 7833 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7834 7835 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7836 params.status = status; 7837 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 7838 params.links[0].bss = bss; 7839 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7840 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7841 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7842 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7843 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7844 7845 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7846 } 7847 7848 /** 7849 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7850 * 7851 * @dev: network device 7852 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7853 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7854 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7855 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7856 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7857 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7858 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7859 * the real status code for failures. 7860 * @gfp: allocation flags 7861 * 7862 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7863 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7864 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7865 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7866 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7867 */ 7868 static inline void 7869 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7870 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7871 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7872 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7873 { 7874 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7875 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7876 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7877 } 7878 7879 /** 7880 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7881 * 7882 * @dev: network device 7883 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7884 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7885 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7886 * @gfp: allocation flags 7887 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7888 * 7889 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7890 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7891 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7892 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7893 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7894 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7895 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7896 */ 7897 static inline void 7898 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7899 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7900 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7901 { 7902 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7903 gfp, timeout_reason); 7904 } 7905 7906 /** 7907 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7908 * 7909 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7910 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7911 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7912 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7913 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7914 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 7915 * Otherwise zero. 7916 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7917 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 7918 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 7919 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 7920 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 7921 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 7922 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 7923 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 7924 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 7925 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 7926 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 7927 */ 7928 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7929 const u8 *req_ie; 7930 size_t req_ie_len; 7931 const u8 *resp_ie; 7932 size_t resp_ie_len; 7933 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7934 7935 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7936 u16 valid_links; 7937 struct { 7938 const u8 *addr; 7939 const u8 *bssid; 7940 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7941 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7942 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7943 }; 7944 7945 /** 7946 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7947 * 7948 * @dev: network device 7949 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7950 * @gfp: allocation flags 7951 * 7952 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7953 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7954 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7955 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7956 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7957 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7958 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7959 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7960 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7961 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7962 */ 7963 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7964 gfp_t gfp); 7965 7966 /** 7967 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7968 * 7969 * @dev: network device 7970 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7971 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 7972 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 7973 * @gfp: allocation flags 7974 * 7975 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7976 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7977 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7978 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7979 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7980 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7981 */ 7982 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7983 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 7984 7985 /** 7986 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7987 * 7988 * @dev: network device 7989 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7990 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7991 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7992 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7993 * @gfp: allocation flags 7994 * 7995 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7996 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7997 */ 7998 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7999 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8000 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 8001 8002 /** 8003 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 8004 * @wdev: wireless device 8005 * @cookie: the request cookie 8006 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8007 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 8008 * channel 8009 * @gfp: allocation flags 8010 */ 8011 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8012 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8013 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 8014 8015 /** 8016 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 8017 * @wdev: wireless device 8018 * @cookie: the request cookie 8019 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8020 * @gfp: allocation flags 8021 */ 8022 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8023 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8024 gfp_t gfp); 8025 8026 /** 8027 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 8028 * @wdev: wireless device 8029 * @cookie: the requested cookie 8030 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 8031 * @gfp: allocation flags 8032 */ 8033 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8034 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 8035 8036 /** 8037 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8038 * 8039 * @sinfo: the station information 8040 * @gfp: allocation flags 8041 */ 8042 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8043 8044 /** 8045 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 8046 * @sinfo: the station information 8047 * 8048 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 8049 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 8050 * the stack.) 8051 */ 8052 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 8053 { 8054 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 8055 } 8056 8057 /** 8058 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 8059 * 8060 * @dev: the netdev 8061 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8062 * @sinfo: the station information 8063 * @gfp: allocation flags 8064 */ 8065 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8066 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8067 8068 /** 8069 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8070 * @dev: the netdev 8071 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8072 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 8073 * @gfp: allocation flags 8074 */ 8075 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8076 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8077 8078 /** 8079 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8080 * 8081 * @dev: the netdev 8082 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8083 * @gfp: allocation flags 8084 */ 8085 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 8086 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 8087 { 8088 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 8089 } 8090 8091 /** 8092 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 8093 * 8094 * @dev: the netdev 8095 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8096 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 8097 * @gfp: allocation flags 8098 * 8099 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 8100 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 8101 * for some reasons, this function is called. 8102 * 8103 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 8104 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 8105 */ 8106 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8107 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 8108 gfp_t gfp); 8109 8110 /** 8111 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 8112 * 8113 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 8114 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8115 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 8116 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 8117 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 8118 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8119 * @len: length of the frame data 8120 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8121 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 8122 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 8123 */ 8124 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 8125 int freq; 8126 int sig_dbm; 8127 bool have_link_id; 8128 u8 link_id; 8129 const u8 *buf; 8130 size_t len; 8131 u32 flags; 8132 u64 rx_tstamp; 8133 u64 ack_tstamp; 8134 }; 8135 8136 /** 8137 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 8138 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8139 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 8140 * 8141 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8142 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8143 * 8144 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8145 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8146 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8147 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8148 */ 8149 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8150 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8151 8152 /** 8153 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8154 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8155 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8156 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8157 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8158 * @len: length of the frame data 8159 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8160 * 8161 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8162 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8163 * 8164 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8165 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8166 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8167 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8168 */ 8169 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8170 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8171 u32 flags) 8172 { 8173 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8174 .freq = freq, 8175 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8176 .buf = buf, 8177 .len = len, 8178 .flags = flags 8179 }; 8180 8181 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8182 } 8183 8184 /** 8185 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8186 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8187 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8188 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8189 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8190 * @len: length of the frame data 8191 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8192 * 8193 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8194 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8195 * 8196 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8197 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8198 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8199 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8200 */ 8201 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8202 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8203 u32 flags) 8204 { 8205 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8206 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8207 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8208 .buf = buf, 8209 .len = len, 8210 .flags = flags 8211 }; 8212 8213 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8214 } 8215 8216 /** 8217 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8218 * 8219 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8220 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8221 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8222 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8223 * @len: length of the frame data 8224 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8225 */ 8226 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8227 u64 cookie; 8228 u64 tx_tstamp; 8229 u64 ack_tstamp; 8230 const u8 *buf; 8231 size_t len; 8232 bool ack; 8233 }; 8234 8235 /** 8236 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8237 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8238 * @status: TX status data 8239 * @gfp: context flags 8240 * 8241 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8242 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8243 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8244 */ 8245 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8246 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8247 8248 /** 8249 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8250 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8251 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8252 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8253 * @len: length of the frame data 8254 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8255 * @gfp: context flags 8256 * 8257 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8258 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8259 * transmission attempt. 8260 */ 8261 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8262 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8263 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8264 { 8265 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8266 .cookie = cookie, 8267 .buf = buf, 8268 .len = len, 8269 .ack = ack 8270 }; 8271 8272 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8273 } 8274 8275 /** 8276 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8277 * port frames 8278 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8279 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8280 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8281 * @len: length of the frame data 8282 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8283 * @gfp: context flags 8284 * 8285 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8286 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8287 * the transmission attempt. 8288 */ 8289 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8290 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8291 gfp_t gfp); 8292 8293 /** 8294 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8295 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8296 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8297 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8298 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8299 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8300 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8301 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8302 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 8303 * 8304 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8305 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8306 * control port frames over nl80211. 8307 * 8308 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8309 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8310 * 8311 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8312 */ 8313 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 8314 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 8315 8316 /** 8317 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8318 * @dev: network device 8319 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8320 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8321 * @gfp: context flags 8322 * 8323 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8324 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8325 */ 8326 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8327 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8328 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8329 8330 /** 8331 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8332 * @dev: network device 8333 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8334 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8335 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8336 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8337 * @gfp: context flags 8338 */ 8339 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8340 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8341 8342 /** 8343 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8344 * @dev: network device 8345 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8346 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8347 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8348 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8349 * @gfp: context flags 8350 * 8351 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8352 * given interval is exceeded. 8353 */ 8354 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8355 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8356 8357 /** 8358 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8359 * @dev: network device 8360 * @gfp: context flags 8361 * 8362 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8363 */ 8364 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8365 8366 /** 8367 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8368 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8369 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8370 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8371 * @gfp: context flags 8372 * 8373 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8374 */ 8375 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8376 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8377 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8378 8379 static inline void 8380 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8381 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8382 gfp_t gfp) 8383 { 8384 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8385 } 8386 8387 static inline void 8388 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8389 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8390 gfp_t gfp) 8391 { 8392 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8393 } 8394 8395 /** 8396 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8397 * @dev: network device 8398 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8399 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8400 * @gfp: context flags 8401 * 8402 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8403 * frame. 8404 */ 8405 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8406 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8407 gfp_t gfp); 8408 8409 /** 8410 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8411 * @netdev: network device 8412 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8413 * @event: type of event 8414 * @gfp: context flags 8415 * 8416 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8417 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8418 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8419 */ 8420 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8421 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8422 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 8423 8424 /** 8425 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8426 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8427 * 8428 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 8429 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 8430 */ 8431 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8432 8433 /** 8434 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 8435 * @dev: network device 8436 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 8437 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 8438 * @gfp: allocation flags 8439 */ 8440 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8441 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 8442 8443 /** 8444 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 8445 * @dev: network device 8446 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 8447 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 8448 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 8449 * @gfp: allocation flags 8450 */ 8451 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 8452 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 8453 8454 /** 8455 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 8456 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8457 * @addr: the transmitter address 8458 * @gfp: context flags 8459 * 8460 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8461 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 8462 * sender. 8463 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8464 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8465 */ 8466 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8467 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8468 8469 /** 8470 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 8471 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8472 * @addr: the transmitter address 8473 * @gfp: context flags 8474 * 8475 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8476 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 8477 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 8478 * station to avoid event flooding. 8479 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8480 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8481 */ 8482 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8483 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8484 8485 /** 8486 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 8487 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 8488 * @addr: the address of the peer 8489 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 8490 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 8491 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 8492 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 8493 * @gfp: allocation flags 8494 */ 8495 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8496 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 8497 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 8498 8499 /** 8500 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 8501 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8502 * @frame: the frame 8503 * @len: length of the frame 8504 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 8505 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8506 * 8507 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8508 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8509 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8510 */ 8511 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 8512 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 8513 8514 /** 8515 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 8516 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8517 * @frame: the frame 8518 * @len: length of the frame 8519 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 8520 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8521 * 8522 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8523 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8524 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8525 */ 8526 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8527 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 8528 int freq, int sig_dbm) 8529 { 8530 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8531 sig_dbm); 8532 } 8533 8534 /** 8535 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 8536 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8537 * @chandef: the channel definition 8538 * @iftype: interface type 8539 * 8540 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8541 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 8542 */ 8543 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8544 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8545 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8546 8547 /** 8548 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 8549 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8550 * @chandef: the channel definition 8551 * @iftype: interface type 8552 * 8553 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8554 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 8555 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 8556 * more permissive conditions. 8557 * 8558 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 8559 */ 8560 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8561 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8562 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8563 8564 /* 8565 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 8566 * @dev: the device which switched channels 8567 * @chandef: the new channel definition 8568 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8569 * @punct_bitmap: the new puncturing bitmap 8570 * 8571 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 8572 * driver context! 8573 */ 8574 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8575 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8576 unsigned int link_id, u16 punct_bitmap); 8577 8578 /* 8579 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 8580 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 8581 * @chandef: the future channel definition 8582 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8583 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 8584 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 8585 * @punct_bitmap: the future puncturing bitmap 8586 * 8587 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 8588 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 8589 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 8590 */ 8591 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8592 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8593 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 8594 bool quiet, u16 punct_bitmap); 8595 8596 /** 8597 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 8598 * 8599 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 8600 * @band: band pointer to fill 8601 * 8602 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8603 */ 8604 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 8605 enum nl80211_band *band); 8606 8607 /** 8608 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 8609 * 8610 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8611 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 8612 * 8613 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8614 */ 8615 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8616 u8 *op_class); 8617 8618 /** 8619 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 8620 * 8621 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8622 * 8623 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 8624 */ 8625 static inline u32 8626 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 8627 { 8628 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 8629 } 8630 8631 /* 8632 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 8633 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 8634 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 8635 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 8636 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 8637 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 8638 * @gfp: allocation flags 8639 * 8640 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 8641 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 8642 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 8643 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 8644 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 8645 */ 8646 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8647 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 8648 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 8649 8650 /* 8651 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 8652 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 8653 * 8654 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 8655 */ 8656 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 8657 8658 /** 8659 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 8660 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 8661 * 8662 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 8663 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 8664 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 8665 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 8666 * is unbound from the driver. 8667 * 8668 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8669 */ 8670 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 8671 8672 /** 8673 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 8674 * @dev: the netdev to register 8675 * 8676 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8677 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 8678 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 8679 * instead as well. 8680 * 8681 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8682 */ 8683 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 8684 8685 /** 8686 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 8687 * @dev: the netdev to register 8688 * 8689 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8690 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 8691 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 8692 * usable instead as well. 8693 * 8694 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8695 */ 8696 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 8697 { 8698 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 8699 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 8700 #endif 8701 } 8702 8703 /** 8704 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 8705 * @ies: FT IEs 8706 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 8707 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8708 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8709 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8710 */ 8711 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8712 const u8 *ies; 8713 size_t ies_len; 8714 const u8 *target_ap; 8715 const u8 *ric_ies; 8716 size_t ric_ies_len; 8717 }; 8718 8719 /** 8720 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8721 * @netdev: network device 8722 * @ft_event: IE information 8723 */ 8724 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8725 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8726 8727 /** 8728 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8729 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8730 * @len: the input length 8731 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8732 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8733 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8734 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8735 * 8736 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8737 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8738 * 8739 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8740 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8741 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8742 */ 8743 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8744 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8745 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8746 8747 /** 8748 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8749 * @ies: the IE buffer 8750 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8751 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8752 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8753 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8754 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8755 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8756 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8757 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8758 * 8759 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8760 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8761 * split. 8762 * 8763 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8764 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8765 * 8766 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8767 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8768 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8769 * 8770 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8771 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8772 * of the buffer should be used. 8773 */ 8774 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8775 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8776 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8777 size_t offset); 8778 8779 /** 8780 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8781 * @ies: the IE buffer 8782 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8783 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8784 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8785 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8786 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8787 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8788 * 8789 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8790 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8791 * split. 8792 * 8793 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8794 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8795 * 8796 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8797 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8798 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8799 * 8800 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8801 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8802 * of the buffer should be used. 8803 */ 8804 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8805 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8806 { 8807 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8808 } 8809 8810 /** 8811 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8812 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8813 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8814 * @gfp: allocation flags 8815 * 8816 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8817 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8818 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8819 * else caused the wakeup. 8820 */ 8821 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8822 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8823 gfp_t gfp); 8824 8825 /** 8826 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8827 * 8828 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8829 * @gfp: allocation flags 8830 * 8831 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8832 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8833 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8834 */ 8835 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8836 8837 /** 8838 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8839 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8840 * 8841 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8842 */ 8843 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8844 8845 /** 8846 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8847 * 8848 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8849 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8850 * 8851 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8852 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8853 * the interface combinations. 8854 */ 8855 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8856 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8857 8858 /** 8859 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8860 * 8861 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8862 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8863 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8864 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8865 * 8866 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8867 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8868 * purposes. 8869 */ 8870 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8871 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8872 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8873 void *data), 8874 void *data); 8875 8876 /* 8877 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8878 * 8879 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8880 * @wdev: wireless device 8881 * @gfp: context flags 8882 * 8883 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8884 * disconnected. 8885 * 8886 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8887 */ 8888 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8889 gfp_t gfp); 8890 8891 /** 8892 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8893 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8894 * 8895 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8896 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8897 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8898 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8899 * 8900 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8901 * the driver while the function is running. 8902 */ 8903 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8904 8905 /** 8906 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8907 * 8908 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8909 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8910 * 8911 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8912 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8913 */ 8914 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8915 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8916 { 8917 u8 *ft_byte; 8918 8919 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8920 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8921 } 8922 8923 /** 8924 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8925 * 8926 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8927 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8928 * 8929 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8930 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8931 */ 8932 static inline bool 8933 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8934 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8935 { 8936 u8 ft_byte; 8937 8938 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8939 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8940 } 8941 8942 /** 8943 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8944 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8945 * 8946 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8947 */ 8948 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8949 8950 /** 8951 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8952 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8953 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8954 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8955 * result. 8956 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8957 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8958 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8959 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8960 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8961 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8962 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8963 */ 8964 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8965 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8966 u8 inst_id; 8967 u8 peer_inst_id; 8968 const u8 *addr; 8969 u8 info_len; 8970 const u8 *info; 8971 u64 cookie; 8972 }; 8973 8974 /** 8975 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8976 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8977 * @match: match notification parameters 8978 * @gfp: allocation flags 8979 * 8980 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8981 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8982 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8983 */ 8984 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8985 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8986 8987 /** 8988 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8989 * 8990 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8991 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8992 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8993 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8994 * @gfp: allocation flags 8995 * 8996 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8997 */ 8998 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8999 u8 inst_id, 9000 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 9001 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 9002 9003 /* ethtool helper */ 9004 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 9005 9006 /** 9007 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 9008 * @netdev: network device 9009 * @params: External authentication parameters 9010 * @gfp: allocation flags 9011 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 9012 */ 9013 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 9014 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 9015 gfp_t gfp); 9016 9017 /** 9018 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 9019 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9020 * @req: the original measurement request 9021 * @result: the result data 9022 * @gfp: allocation flags 9023 */ 9024 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9025 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9026 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 9027 gfp_t gfp); 9028 9029 /** 9030 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 9031 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9032 * @req: the original measurement request 9033 * @gfp: allocation flags 9034 * 9035 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 9036 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 9037 */ 9038 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9039 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9040 gfp_t gfp); 9041 9042 /** 9043 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 9044 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9045 * @iftype: interface type 9046 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 9047 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 9048 * 9049 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 9050 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 9051 * check_swif is '1'. 9052 */ 9053 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 9054 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 9055 9056 9057 /** 9058 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 9059 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 9060 * @netdev: network device 9061 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the assocation 9062 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 9063 * 9064 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 9065 */ 9066 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 9067 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 9068 9069 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 9070 9071 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 9072 9073 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 9074 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9075 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9076 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9077 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9078 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9079 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9080 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9081 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9082 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9083 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9084 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9085 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9086 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9087 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9088 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9089 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9090 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9091 9092 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9093 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9094 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9095 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9096 9097 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9098 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 9099 9100 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9101 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9102 9103 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 9104 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 9105 #else 9106 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9107 ({ \ 9108 if (0) \ 9109 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 9110 0; \ 9111 }) 9112 #endif 9113 9114 /* 9115 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 9116 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 9117 * file/line information and a backtrace. 9118 */ 9119 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9120 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 9121 9122 /** 9123 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 9124 * @netdev: network device 9125 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 9126 * @gfp: allocation flags 9127 */ 9128 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9129 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 9130 gfp_t gfp); 9131 9132 /** 9133 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 9134 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9135 */ 9136 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9137 9138 /** 9139 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 9140 * @dev: network device 9141 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 9142 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9143 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9144 */ 9145 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9146 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 9147 u64 color_bitmap); 9148 9149 /** 9150 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 9151 * @dev: network device 9152 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9153 */ 9154 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9155 u64 color_bitmap) 9156 { 9157 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 9158 0, color_bitmap); 9159 } 9160 9161 /** 9162 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 9163 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9164 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9165 * 9166 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 9167 */ 9168 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9169 u8 count) 9170 { 9171 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 9172 count, 0); 9173 } 9174 9175 /** 9176 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 9177 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9178 * 9179 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 9180 */ 9181 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9182 { 9183 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 9184 0, 0); 9185 } 9186 9187 /** 9188 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 9189 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 9190 * 9191 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 9192 */ 9193 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9194 { 9195 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 9196 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 9197 0, 0); 9198 } 9199 9200 /** 9201 * cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap - validate puncturing bitmap 9202 * @bitmap: bitmap to be validated 9203 * @chandef: channel definition 9204 * 9205 * Validate the puncturing bitmap. 9206 * 9207 * Return: %true if the bitmap is valid. %false otherwise. 9208 */ 9209 bool cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap(u16 *bitmap, 9210 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9211 9212 /** 9213 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 9214 * @dev: network device. 9215 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 9216 * 9217 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 9218 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 9219 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 9220 * case disconnect instead. 9221 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 9222 */ 9223 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 9224 9225 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 9226